1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GDB.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
36 #include "gdbthread.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
54 #include "exceptions.h"
60 #include "xml-syscall.h"
61 #include "parser-defs.h"
62 #include "gdb_regex.h"
64 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
65 #include "continuations.h"
69 #include "dummy-frame.h"
73 /* readline include files */
74 #include "readline/readline.h"
75 #include "readline/history.h"
77 /* readline defines this. */
80 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
81 #include "extension.h"
83 /* Enums for exception-handling support. */
84 enum exception_event_kind
91 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
93 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
95 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
97 static void enable_count_command (char *, int);
99 static void disable_command (char *, int);
101 static void enable_command (char *, int);
103 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint
*,
107 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
109 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
111 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*);
113 static void create_sals_from_address_default (char **,
114 struct linespec_result
*,
118 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*,
119 struct linespec_result
*,
120 char *, char *, enum bptype
,
121 enum bpdisp
, int, int,
123 const struct breakpoint_ops
*,
124 int, int, int, unsigned);
126 static void decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint
*, char **,
127 struct symtabs_and_lines
*);
129 static void clear_command (char *, int);
131 static void catch_command (char *, int);
133 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*);
135 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
137 static void mention (struct breakpoint
*);
139 static struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*,
141 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
142 static struct bp_location
*add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*,
143 const struct symtab_and_line
*);
145 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
147 struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
148 struct symtab_and_line
,
150 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
152 static struct breakpoint
*
153 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
155 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
158 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR
, CORE_ADDR
, int, int);
160 static CORE_ADDR
adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
164 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*,
165 struct program_space
*, CORE_ADDR
,
166 struct obj_section
*, int);
168 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
169 struct bp_location
*loc2
);
171 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
172 struct address_space
*aspace
,
175 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
177 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
179 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
180 int (*) (const struct breakpoint
*));
182 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
184 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
186 static void commands_command (char *, int);
188 static void condition_command (char *, int);
197 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
198 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
200 static enum print_stop_action
print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
);
202 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
204 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
206 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
208 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*);
210 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
212 int *other_type_used
);
214 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
216 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
218 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*, enum bpdisp
,
221 static void stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
223 static void stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
225 static void stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
227 static void tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
229 static void detach_single_step_breakpoints (void);
231 static int find_single_step_breakpoint (struct address_space
*aspace
,
234 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
235 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
236 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**loc
);
238 static struct bp_location
*allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
240 static void update_global_location_list (int);
242 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
244 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
246 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
248 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
250 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
252 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
254 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
256 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
258 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
260 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num
);
262 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
);
264 static struct bp_location
**get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
);
266 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
269 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
271 /* The abstract base class all breakpoint_ops structures inherit
273 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
;
275 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
276 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
277 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
278 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
280 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
281 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops
;
283 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
284 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
286 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception class type. */
287 static struct breakpoint_ops longjmp_breakpoint_ops
;
289 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
291 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
293 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
294 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
296 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
297 struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
299 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single
302 static void *single_step_breakpoints
[2];
303 static struct gdbarch
*single_step_gdbarch
[2];
305 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
306 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
307 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
308 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
309 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
310 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
312 static const char dprintf_style_gdb
[] = "gdb";
313 static const char dprintf_style_call
[] = "call";
314 static const char dprintf_style_agent
[] = "agent";
315 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums
[] = {
321 static const char *dprintf_style
= dprintf_style_gdb
;
323 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
324 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
325 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
326 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
328 static char *dprintf_function
= "";
330 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
331 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
332 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
333 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
334 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
335 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
336 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
338 static char *dprintf_channel
= "";
340 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
342 static int disconnected_dprintf
= 1;
344 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
345 breakpoints share a single command list. */
346 struct counted_command_line
348 /* The reference count. */
351 /* The command list. */
352 struct command_line
*commands
;
355 struct command_line
*
356 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
)
358 return b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
361 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
362 current breakpoint. */
364 static int breakpoint_proceeded
;
367 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp
)
369 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
370 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
372 static const char * const bpdisps
[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
374 return bpdisps
[(int) disp
];
377 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
378 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
379 if such is available. */
380 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints
;
383 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
384 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
387 fprintf_filtered (file
,
388 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
389 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
393 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
394 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
395 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
396 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
397 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
;
399 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
400 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
403 fprintf_filtered (file
,
404 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
405 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
409 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
410 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
411 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
412 use hardware breakpoints. */
413 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints
;
415 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
416 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
419 fprintf_filtered (file
,
420 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
424 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
425 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
426 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
427 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
428 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
430 static enum auto_boolean always_inserted_mode
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
433 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
434 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
436 if (always_inserted_mode
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
)
437 fprintf_filtered (file
,
438 _("Always inserted breakpoint "
439 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
441 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
443 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
448 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
450 return (always_inserted_mode
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE
451 || (always_inserted_mode
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
&& non_stop
));
454 static const char condition_evaluation_both
[] = "host or target";
456 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
457 static const char condition_evaluation_auto
[] = "auto";
458 static const char condition_evaluation_host
[] = "host";
459 static const char condition_evaluation_target
[] = "target";
460 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums
[] = {
461 condition_evaluation_auto
,
462 condition_evaluation_host
,
463 condition_evaluation_target
,
467 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
468 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
470 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
471 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
472 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
474 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
475 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
476 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
480 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode
)
482 if (mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
484 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
485 return condition_evaluation_target
;
487 return condition_evaluation_host
;
493 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
496 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
498 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
501 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
505 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
507 const char *mode
= breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
509 return (mode
== condition_evaluation_host
);
512 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
514 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
515 static int executing_breakpoint_commands
;
517 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
518 static int overlay_events_enabled
;
520 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
521 int target_exact_watchpoints
= 0;
523 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
524 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
525 current breakpoint. */
527 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
529 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
530 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
531 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
534 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
535 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
536 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
538 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
539 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
540 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
543 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
544 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
545 to where the loop should start from.
546 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
547 appropriate location to start with. */
549 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
550 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
551 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
553 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count \
554 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
557 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
559 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
560 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
561 if (is_tracepoint (B))
563 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
565 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint_chain
;
567 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
569 static struct bp_location
**bp_location
;
571 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
573 static unsigned bp_location_count
;
575 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
576 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
577 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
578 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
579 an address you need to read. */
581 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
;
583 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
584 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
585 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
586 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
587 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
589 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
;
591 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
592 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
594 VEC(bp_location_p
) *moribund_locations
= NULL
;
596 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
598 static int breakpoint_count
;
600 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
601 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
602 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
603 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
604 static int prev_breakpoint_count
;
606 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
608 static int tracepoint_count
;
610 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_set_cmdlist
;
611 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_show_cmdlist
;
612 struct cmd_list_element
*save_cmdlist
;
614 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
616 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*b
)
618 return (b
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
);
621 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
624 set_breakpoint_count (int num
)
626 prev_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
627 breakpoint_count
= num
;
628 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num
);
631 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
632 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
633 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
635 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
639 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
641 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
644 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
648 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
650 prev_breakpoint_count
= rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
653 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
656 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
658 struct breakpoint
*b
;
664 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
665 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
667 static struct counted_command_line
*
668 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line
*commands
)
670 struct counted_command_line
*result
671 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line
));
674 result
->commands
= commands
;
678 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
681 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
*cmd
)
687 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
688 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
689 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
692 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
696 if (--(*cmdp
)->refc
== 0)
698 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp
)->commands
);
705 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
708 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg
)
710 decref_counted_command_line (arg
);
713 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
716 static struct cleanup
*
717 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
719 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line
, cmdp
);
723 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
724 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
727 get_breakpoint (int num
)
729 struct breakpoint
*b
;
732 if (b
->number
== num
)
740 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
741 evaluating conditions on its side. */
744 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint
*b
)
746 struct bp_location
*loc
;
748 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
749 evaluating conditions and if the user has
750 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
752 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
753 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
756 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
759 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
760 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
763 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
764 evaluating conditions on its side. */
767 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location
*loc
)
769 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
770 evaluating conditions and if the user has
771 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
773 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
774 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
778 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
))
781 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
784 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
785 condition_evaluation_mode. */
788 set_condition_evaluation_mode (char *args
, int from_tty
,
789 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
791 const char *old_mode
, *new_mode
;
793 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1
== condition_evaluation_target
)
794 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
796 condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_mode
;
797 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
798 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
802 new_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1
);
803 old_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
805 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
806 settings was "auto". */
807 condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_mode_1
;
809 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
810 if (new_mode
!= old_mode
)
812 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
813 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
814 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
816 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
817 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
820 if (new_mode
== condition_evaluation_target
)
822 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
824 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
825 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
829 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
830 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
831 target knows about. */
832 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
833 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->inserted
)
834 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
838 update_global_location_list (1);
844 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
845 what "auto" is translating to. */
848 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
849 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
851 if (condition_evaluation_mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
852 fprintf_filtered (file
,
853 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
854 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
856 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
858 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
862 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
863 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
864 the more general bp_location_compare function. */
867 bp_location_compare_addrs (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
869 struct bp_location
*a
= *(void **) ap
;
870 struct bp_location
*b
= *(void **) bp
;
872 if (a
->address
== b
->address
)
875 return ((a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
));
878 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
879 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
880 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
883 static struct bp_location
**
884 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
)
886 struct bp_location dummy_loc
;
887 struct bp_location
*dummy_locp
= &dummy_loc
;
888 struct bp_location
**locp_found
= NULL
;
890 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
891 memset (&dummy_loc
, 0, sizeof (struct bp_location
));
892 dummy_loc
.address
= address
;
894 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
895 locp_found
= bsearch (&dummy_locp
, bp_location
, bp_location_count
,
896 sizeof (struct bp_location
**),
897 bp_location_compare_addrs
);
899 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
900 if (locp_found
== NULL
)
903 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
904 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
905 while ((locp_found
- 1) >= bp_location
906 && (*(locp_found
- 1))->address
== address
)
913 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint
*b
, char *exp
,
916 xfree (b
->cond_string
);
917 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
919 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
921 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
928 struct bp_location
*loc
;
930 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
935 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
936 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
937 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
944 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b
->number
);
948 const char *arg
= exp
;
950 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
951 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
952 b
->cond_string
= xstrdup (arg
);
953 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
955 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
957 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
959 innermost_block
= NULL
;
961 w
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
963 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
964 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
968 struct bp_location
*loc
;
970 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
974 parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
975 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
977 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
981 mark_breakpoint_modified (b
);
983 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
986 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
988 static VEC (char_ptr
) *
989 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
990 const char *text
, const char *word
)
994 text
= skip_spaces_const (text
);
995 space
= skip_to_space_const (text
);
999 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1000 VEC (char_ptr
) *result
= NULL
;
1004 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
1005 if (isdigit (text
[1]))
1007 return complete_internalvar (&text
[1]);
1010 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
1011 len
= strlen (text
);
1017 xsnprintf (number
, sizeof (number
), "%d", b
->number
);
1019 if (strncmp (number
, text
, len
) == 0)
1020 VEC_safe_push (char_ptr
, result
, xstrdup (number
));
1026 /* We're completing the expression part. */
1027 text
= skip_spaces_const (space
);
1028 return expression_completer (cmd
, text
, word
);
1031 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
1034 condition_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1036 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1041 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1044 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
1046 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg
);
1049 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
1051 /* Check if this breakpoint has a "stop" method implemented in an
1052 extension language. This method and conditions entered into GDB
1053 from the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
1054 const struct extension_language_defn
*extlang
1055 = get_breakpoint_cond_ext_lang (b
, EXT_LANG_NONE
);
1057 if (extlang
!= NULL
)
1059 error (_("Only one stop condition allowed. There is currently"
1060 " a %s stop condition defined for this breakpoint."),
1061 ext_lang_capitalized_name (extlang
));
1063 set_breakpoint_condition (b
, p
, from_tty
);
1065 if (is_breakpoint (b
))
1066 update_global_location_list (1);
1071 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
1074 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1075 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1076 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1079 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line
*commands
)
1081 struct command_line
*c
;
1083 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1087 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1088 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1089 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1091 for (i
= 0; i
< c
->body_count
; ++i
)
1092 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c
->body_list
)[i
]);
1094 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1095 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1096 command directly. */
1097 if (strstr (c
->line
, "collect ") == c
->line
)
1098 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1100 if (strstr (c
->line
, "teval ") == c
->line
)
1101 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1105 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1108 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type
)
1110 return (type
== bp_tracepoint
1111 || type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
1112 || type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
1116 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
1118 return is_tracepoint_type (b
->type
);
1121 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1122 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1126 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1127 struct command_line
*commands
)
1129 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
1131 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
1132 struct command_line
*c
;
1133 struct command_line
*while_stepping
= 0;
1135 /* Reset the while-stepping step count. The previous commands
1136 might have included a while-stepping action, while the new
1140 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1141 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1142 while-stepping element, and that the while-stepping's body
1143 has valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping.
1144 We also need to validate the tracepoint action line in the
1145 context of the tracepoint --- validate_actionline actually
1146 has side effects, like setting the tracepoint's
1147 while-stepping STEP_COUNT, in addition to checking if the
1148 collect/teval actions parse and make sense in the
1149 tracepoint's context. */
1150 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1152 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1154 if (b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
1155 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1156 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1157 else if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1158 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1159 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1162 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1163 "can be used only once"));
1168 validate_actionline (c
->line
, b
);
1172 struct command_line
*c2
;
1174 gdb_assert (while_stepping
->body_count
== 1);
1175 c2
= while_stepping
->body_list
[0];
1176 for (; c2
; c2
= c2
->next
)
1178 if (c2
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1179 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1185 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands
);
1189 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1190 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1193 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr
)
1195 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1196 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
1197 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1200 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1202 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1203 if (loc
->address
== addr
)
1204 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
1210 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1211 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1214 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1215 struct command_line
*commands
)
1217 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, commands
);
1219 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
1220 b
->commands
= alloc_counted_command_line (commands
);
1221 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1224 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1225 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1229 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint
*b
, int silent
)
1231 int old_silent
= b
->silent
;
1234 if (old_silent
!= silent
)
1235 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1238 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1239 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1242 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, int thread
)
1244 int old_thread
= b
->thread
;
1247 if (old_thread
!= thread
)
1248 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1251 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1252 breakpoint work for any task. */
1255 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint
*b
, int task
)
1257 int old_task
= b
->task
;
1260 if (old_task
!= task
)
1261 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1265 check_tracepoint_command (char *line
, void *closure
)
1267 struct breakpoint
*b
= closure
;
1269 validate_actionline (line
, b
);
1272 /* A structure used to pass information through
1273 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
1275 struct commands_info
1277 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
1280 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
1283 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
1284 already-parsed command. */
1285 struct command_line
*control
;
1287 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
1289 struct counted_command_line
*cmd
;
1292 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
1293 commands_command. */
1296 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *data
)
1298 struct commands_info
*info
= data
;
1300 if (info
->cmd
== NULL
)
1302 struct command_line
*l
;
1304 if (info
->control
!= NULL
)
1305 l
= copy_command_lines (info
->control
->body_list
[0]);
1308 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
1311 str
= xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1312 "%s, one per line."),
1315 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, str
);
1317 l
= read_command_lines (str
,
1320 ? check_tracepoint_command
: 0),
1323 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
1326 info
->cmd
= alloc_counted_command_line (l
);
1329 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1331 if (b
->commands
!= info
->cmd
)
1333 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, info
->cmd
->commands
);
1334 incref_counted_command_line (info
->cmd
);
1335 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
1336 b
->commands
= info
->cmd
;
1337 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1342 commands_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
1343 struct command_line
*control
)
1345 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
1346 struct commands_info info
;
1348 info
.from_tty
= from_tty
;
1349 info
.control
= control
;
1351 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
1352 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
1353 cleanups
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info
.cmd
);
1355 if (arg
== NULL
|| !*arg
)
1357 if (breakpoint_count
- prev_breakpoint_count
> 1)
1358 arg
= xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count
+ 1,
1360 else if (breakpoint_count
> 0)
1361 arg
= xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count
);
1364 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
1365 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
1366 numbers will fail in this case. */
1371 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
1373 arg
= xstrdup (arg
);
1376 make_cleanup (xfree
, arg
);
1380 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_commands_command
, &info
);
1382 if (info
.cmd
== NULL
)
1383 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1385 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
1389 commands_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1391 commands_command_1 (arg
, from_tty
, NULL
);
1394 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1395 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1397 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1398 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1399 enum command_control_type
1400 commands_from_control_command (char *arg
, struct command_line
*cmd
)
1402 commands_command_1 (arg
, 0, cmd
);
1403 return simple_control
;
1406 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1409 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1411 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
1415 if (bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
== 0)
1416 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1421 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address
1422 MEMADDR, by replacing a memory breakpoint with its shadowed
1425 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with the of
1426 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffer. Otherwise, a
1427 failed assertion internal error will be raised. */
1430 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1431 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1432 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
,
1433 struct bp_target_info
*target_info
,
1434 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
1436 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1437 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
1441 if (!breakpoint_address_match (target_info
->placed_address_space
, 0,
1442 current_program_space
->aspace
, 0))
1444 /* The breakpoint is inserted in a different address space. */
1448 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1450 bp_addr
= target_info
->placed_address
;
1451 bp_size
= target_info
->shadow_len
;
1453 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
<= memaddr
)
1455 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we are
1460 if (bp_addr
>= memaddr
+ len
)
1462 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1467 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1468 if (bp_addr
< memaddr
)
1470 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1471 bp_size
-= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1472 bptoffset
= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1476 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
> memaddr
+ len
)
1478 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1479 bp_size
-= (bp_addr
+ bp_size
) - (memaddr
+ len
);
1482 if (readbuf
!= NULL
)
1484 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with the
1485 shadow_contents buffer. */
1486 gdb_assert (target_info
->shadow_contents
>= readbuf
+ len
1487 || readbuf
>= (target_info
->shadow_contents
1488 + target_info
->shadow_len
));
1490 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1492 memcpy (readbuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
,
1493 target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1497 const unsigned char *bp
;
1498 CORE_ADDR placed_address
= target_info
->placed_address
;
1499 int placed_size
= target_info
->placed_size
;
1501 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1502 memcpy (target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
,
1503 writebuf_org
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp_size
);
1505 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1507 bp
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &placed_address
, &placed_size
);
1509 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1510 breakpoint's INSN. */
1511 memcpy (writebuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1515 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1516 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1518 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1519 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1520 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1522 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1523 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1524 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1525 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1526 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1527 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1528 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1529 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1531 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1534 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1535 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1536 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
)
1538 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1540 unsigned bc_l
, bc_r
, bc
;
1543 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1544 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1545 report higher one. */
1548 bc_r
= bp_location_count
;
1549 while (bc_l
+ 1 < bc_r
)
1551 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1553 bc
= (bc_l
+ bc_r
) / 2;
1554 bl
= bp_location
[bc
];
1556 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1557 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1558 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1559 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1561 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1562 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1563 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1565 if ((bl
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1567 && (bl
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1574 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1575 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1576 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1577 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1578 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1581 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1583 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1584 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1585 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1588 && bp_location
[bc_l
]->address
== bp_location
[bc_l
- 1]->address
)
1591 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1593 for (bc
= bc_l
; bc
< bp_location_count
; bc
++)
1595 struct bp_location
*bl
= bp_location
[bc
];
1596 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
1600 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1601 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_none
)
1602 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1605 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1608 if (bl
->address
>= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1609 && memaddr
+ len
<= (bl
->address
1610 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
))
1613 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
1616 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (readbuf
, writebuf
, writebuf_org
,
1617 memaddr
, len
, &bl
->target_info
, bl
->gdbarch
);
1620 /* Now process single-step breakpoints. These are not found in the
1621 bp_location array. */
1622 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
1624 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= single_step_breakpoints
[i
];
1628 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= single_step_gdbarch
[i
];
1630 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (readbuf
, writebuf
, writebuf_org
,
1631 memaddr
, len
, bp_tgt
, gdbarch
);
1638 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1642 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1644 return (bpt
->type
== bp_breakpoint
1645 || bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
1646 || bpt
->type
== bp_dprintf
);
1649 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1652 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1654 return (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
1655 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
1656 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
);
1659 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1663 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1665 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
)
1666 || bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint
);
1669 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1670 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1671 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1672 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1673 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1674 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1675 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1676 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1679 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint
*b
)
1681 return (b
->base
.pspace
== current_program_space
1682 && (ptid_equal (b
->watchpoint_thread
, null_ptid
)
1683 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, b
->watchpoint_thread
)
1684 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))));
1687 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1688 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1691 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint
*w
)
1693 struct breakpoint
*b
= &w
->base
;
1695 if (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
1697 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
);
1698 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
== b
);
1699 b
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1700 b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
1701 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
1703 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1706 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1707 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1708 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1709 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1711 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1713 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1714 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1717 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1718 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1719 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1720 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1721 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1722 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1723 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1724 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1726 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1727 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1728 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1729 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1730 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1731 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1732 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1733 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1736 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1737 hardware watchpoints:
1739 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1740 called several times when GDB stops.
1743 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1744 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1745 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1746 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1747 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1748 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1749 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1750 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1751 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1752 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1753 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1755 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1756 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1759 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint
*b
, int reparse
)
1761 int within_current_scope
;
1762 struct frame_id saved_frame_id
;
1765 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1766 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1767 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1768 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
1771 if (b
->base
.disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1776 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1777 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
1778 within_current_scope
= 1;
1781 struct frame_info
*fi
= get_current_frame ();
1782 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (fi
);
1783 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (fi
);
1785 /* If we're in a function epilogue, unwinding may not work
1786 properly, so do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1787 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1788 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
1791 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1792 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1793 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1794 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1797 saved_frame_id
= get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1799 fi
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
1800 within_current_scope
= (fi
!= NULL
);
1801 if (within_current_scope
)
1805 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1806 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1807 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1810 if (within_current_scope
&& reparse
)
1819 s
= b
->exp_string_reparse
? b
->exp_string_reparse
: b
->exp_string
;
1820 b
->exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1821 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1822 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1823 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1824 be completely different objects. */
1825 value_free (b
->val
);
1829 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1830 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1831 locations (re)created below. */
1832 if (b
->base
.cond_string
!= NULL
)
1834 if (b
->cond_exp
!= NULL
)
1836 xfree (b
->cond_exp
);
1840 s
= b
->base
.cond_string
;
1841 b
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->cond_exp_valid_block
, 0);
1845 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1846 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1847 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1848 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1849 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1850 if (!target_has_execution
)
1852 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1853 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1854 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1855 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
1857 if (b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
))
1858 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1860 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1861 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1864 else if (within_current_scope
&& b
->exp
)
1867 struct value
*val_chain
, *v
, *result
, *next
;
1868 struct program_space
*frame_pspace
;
1870 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
, &pc
, &v
, &result
, &val_chain
, 0);
1872 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1873 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1874 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1875 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1876 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1878 if (!b
->val_valid
&& !is_masked_watchpoint (&b
->base
))
1884 frame_pspace
= get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1886 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1887 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
1889 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1890 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1891 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1892 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1893 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1894 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
1895 && (v
== val_chain
|| ! value_lazy (v
)))
1897 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
1899 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1900 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1901 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1903 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1904 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
1908 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
1910 addr
= value_address (v
);
1912 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
1914 else if (b
->base
.type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
1917 loc
= allocate_bp_location (&b
->base
);
1918 for (tmp
= &(b
->base
.loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
1921 loc
->gdbarch
= get_type_arch (value_type (v
));
1923 loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
1924 loc
->address
= addr
;
1925 loc
->length
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
1926 loc
->watchpoint_type
= type
;
1931 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1932 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1933 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1938 enum bp_loc_type loc_type
;
1939 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1941 reg_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain
);
1945 int i
, target_resources_ok
, other_type_used
;
1948 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1949 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1950 b
->exact
= target_exact_watchpoints
&& reg_cnt
== 1;
1952 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1953 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1954 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1955 this watchpoint in as well. */
1957 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
1958 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
1959 hardware watchpoint type. */
1960 type
= b
->base
.type
;
1961 if (type
== bp_watchpoint
)
1962 type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
1964 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
1965 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
1966 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
1967 through watch_command), so always account for it
1970 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
1971 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b
->base
, type
, &other_type_used
);
1973 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
1974 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b
->base
);
1977 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type
, i
, other_type_used
);
1978 if (target_resources_ok
<= 0)
1980 int sw_mode
= b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
);
1982 if (target_resources_ok
== 0 && !sw_mode
)
1983 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1984 "hardware watchpoint."));
1985 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0 && !sw_mode
)
1986 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1987 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1989 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
1990 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1994 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
1995 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
1996 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
1998 b
->base
.type
= type
;
2001 else if (!b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
))
2003 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
2004 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
2005 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
2007 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
2008 "read/access watchpoint."));
2011 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
2013 loc_type
= (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
? bp_loc_other
2014 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
);
2015 for (bl
= b
->base
.loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
2016 bl
->loc_type
= loc_type
;
2019 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= next
)
2021 next
= value_next (v
);
2026 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
2027 above left it without any location set up. But,
2028 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
2029 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
2030 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->base
.loc
== NULL
)
2032 struct breakpoint
*base
= &b
->base
;
2033 base
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (base
);
2034 base
->loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
2035 base
->loc
->address
= -1;
2036 base
->loc
->length
= -1;
2037 base
->loc
->watchpoint_type
= -1;
2040 else if (!within_current_scope
)
2042 printf_filtered (_("\
2043 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
2044 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
2046 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
2049 /* Restore the selected frame. */
2051 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id
));
2055 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
2056 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
2057 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
2058 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
2059 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
2061 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2063 if (bl
->owner
== NULL
|| !breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
))
2066 if (bl
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2069 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
|| bl
->duplicate
)
2072 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl
->owner
) && bl
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
2075 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2076 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2077 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2078 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2079 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2080 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2081 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2082 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2083 if (bl
->pspace
->breakpoints_not_allowed
)
2086 /* Don't insert a breakpoint if we're trying to step past its
2088 if ((bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2089 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2090 && stepping_past_instruction_at (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
2097 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2098 that the location is not duplicated. */
2101 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2104 const int save_duplicate
= bl
->duplicate
;
2107 result
= should_be_inserted (bl
);
2108 bl
->duplicate
= save_duplicate
;
2112 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2113 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2114 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2115 any error during parsing. */
2117 static struct agent_expr
*
2118 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, struct expression
*cond
)
2120 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
= NULL
;
2121 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
2126 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2127 that may show up. */
2128 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2130 aexpr
= gen_eval_for_expr (scope
, cond
);
2135 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2136 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2137 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2141 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2145 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2146 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2147 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2148 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2149 one of them is true. */
2152 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2154 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2155 int null_condition_or_parse_error
= 0;
2156 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2157 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2159 /* Release conditions left over from a previous insert. */
2160 VEC_free (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.conditions
);
2162 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2163 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2164 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2166 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2167 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2170 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2171 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2172 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2173 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2174 response back to GDB. */
2175 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2178 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2182 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
;
2184 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2185 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2186 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2187 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2188 aexpr
= parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl
->address
, loc
->cond
);
2189 loc
->cond_bytecode
= aexpr
;
2191 /* Check if we managed to parse the conditional expression
2192 correctly. If not, we will not send this condition
2198 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2199 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2200 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2202 null_condition_or_parse_error
= 1;
2208 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2209 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2210 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2212 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2213 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2214 if (null_condition_or_parse_error
)
2216 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2219 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2221 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2223 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2226 free_agent_expr (loc
->cond_bytecode
);
2227 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
2232 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2233 for this location's address. */
2234 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2238 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2239 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2240 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2242 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later to send the
2243 conditions to the target. */
2244 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.conditions
,
2245 loc
->cond_bytecode
);
2251 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2252 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2253 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2255 static struct agent_expr
*
2256 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, char *cmd
)
2258 struct cleanup
*old_cleanups
= 0;
2259 struct expression
*expr
, **argvec
;
2260 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
= NULL
;
2261 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
2262 const char *cmdrest
;
2263 const char *format_start
, *format_end
;
2264 struct format_piece
*fpieces
;
2266 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
2273 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2275 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2277 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2278 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2280 format_start
= cmdrest
;
2282 fpieces
= parse_format_string (&cmdrest
);
2284 old_cleanups
= make_cleanup (free_format_pieces_cleanup
, &fpieces
);
2286 format_end
= cmdrest
;
2288 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2289 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2291 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2293 if (!(*cmdrest
== ',' || *cmdrest
== '\0'))
2294 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2296 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2298 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2300 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2302 argvec
= (struct expression
**) alloca (strlen (cmd
)
2303 * sizeof (struct expression
*));
2306 while (*cmdrest
!= '\0')
2311 expr
= parse_exp_1 (&cmd1
, scope
, block_for_pc (scope
), 1);
2312 argvec
[nargs
++] = expr
;
2314 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2318 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2319 that may show up. */
2320 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2322 aexpr
= gen_printf (scope
, gdbarch
, 0, 0,
2323 format_start
, format_end
- format_start
,
2324 fpieces
, nargs
, argvec
);
2327 do_cleanups (old_cleanups
);
2331 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2332 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2333 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2337 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2341 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2342 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2343 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2346 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2348 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2349 int null_command_or_parse_error
= 0;
2350 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2351 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2353 /* Release commands left over from a previous insert. */
2354 VEC_free (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.tcommands
);
2356 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2359 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2360 if (dprintf_style
!= dprintf_style_agent
)
2363 /* For now, if we have any duplicate location that isn't a dprintf,
2364 don't install the target-side commands, as that would make the
2365 breakpoint not be reported to the core, and we'd lose
2367 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2370 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2371 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2372 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_dprintf
)
2376 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2377 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2378 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2379 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2380 response back to GDB. */
2381 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2384 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2388 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
;
2390 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2391 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2392 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2393 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2394 aexpr
= parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2395 loc
->owner
->extra_string
);
2396 loc
->cmd_bytecode
= aexpr
;
2402 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2403 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2404 if (!loc
->cmd_bytecode
)
2406 null_command_or_parse_error
= 1;
2412 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2414 if (null_command_or_parse_error
)
2416 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2419 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2420 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2422 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2424 if (loc
->cmd_bytecode
== NULL
)
2427 free_agent_expr (loc
->cmd_bytecode
);
2428 loc
->cmd_bytecode
= NULL
;
2433 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2434 for this location's address. */
2435 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2438 if (loc
->owner
->extra_string
2439 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2440 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2441 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2443 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2444 to send the commands to the target. */
2445 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.tcommands
,
2449 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 0;
2450 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2451 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_dprintf
&& disconnected_dprintf
)
2452 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 1;
2455 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2456 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2457 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2458 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2461 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2462 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2464 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
2465 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
,
2466 int *disabled_breaks
,
2467 int *hw_breakpoint_error
,
2468 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
2470 enum errors bp_err
= GDB_NO_ERROR
;
2471 const char *bp_err_message
= NULL
;
2472 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
2474 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2477 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2478 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2479 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2480 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2481 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2482 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2483 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2484 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2485 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2486 bl
->target_info
.placed_address
= bl
->address
;
2487 bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
= bl
->pspace
->aspace
;
2488 bl
->target_info
.length
= bl
->length
;
2490 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2491 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2492 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2493 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2495 if (is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2497 build_target_condition_list (bl
);
2498 build_target_command_list (bl
);
2499 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2500 bl
->needs_update
= 0;
2503 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2504 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2506 if (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
2508 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2509 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2510 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2512 Two important cases are:
2513 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2514 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2515 hardware breakpoint.
2516 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2517 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2518 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2521 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2522 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2523 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2524 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2526 struct mem_region
*mr
2527 = lookup_mem_region (bl
->target_info
.placed_address
);
2531 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints
)
2533 enum bp_loc_type new_type
;
2535 if (mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2536 new_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
2538 new_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
2540 if (new_type
!= bl
->loc_type
)
2542 static int said
= 0;
2544 bl
->loc_type
= new_type
;
2547 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout
,
2548 _("Note: automatically using "
2549 "hardware breakpoints for "
2550 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2555 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2556 && mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2557 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint "
2558 "at readonly address %s"),
2559 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2563 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2564 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
2565 || bl
->section
== NULL
2566 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
2568 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2569 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2573 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2575 bp_err
= GENERIC_ERROR
;
2580 bp_err_message
= e
.message
;
2585 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2586 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2587 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
2589 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2590 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2591 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2592 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2593 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2597 CORE_ADDR addr
= overlay_unmapped_address (bl
->address
,
2599 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2600 bl
->overlay_target_info
= bl
->target_info
;
2601 bl
->overlay_target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
2603 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2604 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2608 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
2609 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
2611 bp_err
= GENERIC_ERROR
;
2616 bp_err_message
= e
.message
;
2619 if (bp_err
!= GDB_NO_ERROR
)
2620 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2621 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2622 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2626 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2627 if (section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2629 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2630 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2634 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2636 bp_err
= GENERIC_ERROR
;
2641 bp_err_message
= e
.message
;
2646 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2647 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2652 if (bp_err
!= GDB_NO_ERROR
)
2654 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2656 /* In some cases, we might not be able to insert a
2657 breakpoint in a shared library that has already been
2658 removed, but we have not yet processed the shlib unload
2659 event. Unfortunately, some targets that implement
2660 breakpoint insertion themselves can't tell why the
2661 breakpoint insertion failed (e.g., the remote target
2662 doesn't define error codes), so we must treat generic
2663 errors as memory errors. */
2664 if ((bp_err
== GENERIC_ERROR
|| bp_err
== MEMORY_ERROR
)
2665 && bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2666 && (solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
)
2667 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl
->pspace
,
2670 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2671 bl
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
2672 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl
->owner
);
2673 if (!*disabled_breaks
)
2675 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2676 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2678 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2679 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2680 "library breakpoints:\n");
2682 *disabled_breaks
= 1;
2683 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2684 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl
->owner
->number
);
2689 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2691 *hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
2692 *hw_bp_error_explained_already
= bp_err_message
!= NULL
;
2693 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2694 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2695 bl
->owner
->number
, bp_err_message
? ":" : ".\n");
2696 if (bp_err_message
!= NULL
)
2697 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "%s.\n", bp_err_message
);
2701 if (bp_err_message
== NULL
)
2704 = memory_error_message (TARGET_XFER_E_IO
,
2705 bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
);
2706 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
2708 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2709 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2711 bl
->owner
->number
, message
);
2712 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2716 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2717 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d: %s\n",
2732 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2733 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2734 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2735 && bl
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2739 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2740 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2742 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2744 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2745 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2746 if (val
== 1 && bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
2748 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2750 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2751 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2753 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2755 && loc
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
2756 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl
, loc
))
2760 bl
->target_info
= loc
->target_info
;
2761 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2768 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2769 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2772 /* Back to the original value. */
2773 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_read
;
2777 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2780 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
2784 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2785 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2787 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2790 bl
->owner
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2794 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2795 of catchpoint."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2797 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2800 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2802 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2803 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2804 so just return success. */
2811 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2812 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2816 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space
*pspace
)
2818 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_temp
;
2819 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2821 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2822 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_temp
)
2824 if (b
->pspace
== pspace
)
2825 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2828 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2829 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2830 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2832 struct bp_location
*tmp
;
2834 if (loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
2836 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2837 if (loc
->owner
->loc
== loc
)
2838 loc
->owner
->loc
= loc
->next
;
2840 for (tmp
= loc
->owner
->loc
; tmp
->next
!= NULL
; tmp
= tmp
->next
)
2841 if (tmp
->next
== loc
)
2843 tmp
->next
= loc
->next
;
2849 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2850 removed locations above. */
2851 update_global_location_list (0);
2854 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2855 Throws exception on any error.
2856 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2857 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2859 insert_breakpoints (void)
2861 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
2863 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
2864 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
2866 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
2868 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2871 update_global_location_list (1);
2873 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when
2874 always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly insert them
2876 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ())
2877 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
2880 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
2883 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback
)
2885 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
2887 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
2889 callback (loc
, NULL
);
2893 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
2894 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
2895 always-inserted mode. */
2898 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
2900 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2903 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
2904 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
2905 int hw_bp_details_reported
= 0;
2907 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
2908 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
2910 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2911 there was an error. */
2912 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "Warning:\n");
2914 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2916 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2918 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
2920 if (!is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2923 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
2924 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
2925 deletion of breakpoints. */
2926 if (!bl
->inserted
|| (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2929 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
2931 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2932 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2933 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2934 insert breakpoints. */
2935 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2936 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
2939 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
2940 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_details_reported
);
2947 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2948 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
2951 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
2954 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
2957 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
2959 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
2960 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2963 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
2964 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
2965 int hw_bp_error_explained_already
= 0;
2967 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
2968 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
2970 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2971 there was an error. */
2972 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "Warning:\n");
2974 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2976 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2978 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2981 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
2982 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
2983 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2984 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1
2985 && !valid_thread_id (bl
->owner
->thread
))
2988 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
2990 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2991 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2992 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2993 insert breakpoints. */
2994 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2995 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
2998 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
2999 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_error_explained_already
);
3004 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
3005 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
3006 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
3008 int some_failed
= 0;
3009 struct bp_location
*loc
;
3011 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
3014 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
3017 if (bpt
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
3020 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3021 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
3028 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3030 remove_breakpoint (loc
, mark_uninserted
);
3032 hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
3033 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
3034 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
3042 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
3043 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
3044 if (hw_breakpoint_error
&& !hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
3046 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
3047 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
3048 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
3050 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
3051 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
3054 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
3057 /* Used when the program stops.
3058 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
3059 removing a breakpoint location. */
3062 remove_breakpoints (void)
3064 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3067 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3069 if (bl
->inserted
&& !is_tracepoint (bl
->owner
))
3070 val
|= remove_breakpoint (bl
, mark_uninserted
);
3075 /* When a thread exits, remove breakpoints that are related to
3079 remove_threaded_breakpoints (struct thread_info
*tp
, int silent
)
3081 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3083 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3085 if (b
->thread
== tp
->num
&& user_breakpoint_p (b
))
3087 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3089 printf_filtered (_("\
3090 Thread-specific breakpoint %d deleted - thread %d no longer in the thread list.\n"),
3091 b
->number
, tp
->num
);
3093 /* Hide it from the user. */
3099 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
3102 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid
)
3104 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3106 struct inferior
*inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
3108 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3110 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3113 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
3118 val
= remove_breakpoint (bl
, mark_uninserted
);
3127 reattach_breakpoints (int pid
)
3129 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3130 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3132 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
;
3133 int dummy1
= 0, dummy2
= 0, dummy3
= 0;
3134 struct inferior
*inf
;
3135 struct thread_info
*tp
;
3137 tp
= any_live_thread_of_process (pid
);
3141 inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
3142 old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
3144 inferior_ptid
= tp
->ptid
;
3146 tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
3147 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
3149 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3151 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3157 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &dummy1
, &dummy2
, &dummy3
);
3160 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3165 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3169 static int internal_breakpoint_number
= -1;
3171 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3172 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3173 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3174 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3175 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3176 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3178 set_breakpoint_number (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
)
3181 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3184 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
3185 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
3189 static struct breakpoint
*
3190 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
3191 CORE_ADDR address
, enum bptype type
,
3192 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
3194 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
3195 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3197 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
3200 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
3201 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
3203 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
3204 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3205 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
3210 static const char *const longjmp_names
[] =
3212 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3214 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3216 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3217 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3219 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3220 struct bound_minimal_symbol overlay_msym
;
3222 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3223 struct bound_minimal_symbol longjmp_msym
[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
];
3225 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3226 int longjmp_searched
;
3228 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). */
3229 VEC (probe_p
) *longjmp_probes
;
3231 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3232 struct bound_minimal_symbol terminate_msym
;
3234 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3235 struct bound_minimal_symbol exception_msym
;
3237 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3238 int exception_searched
;
3240 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). */
3241 VEC (probe_p
) *exception_probes
;
3244 static const struct objfile_data
*breakpoint_objfile_key
;
3246 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3247 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found
;
3249 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3252 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol
*msym
)
3254 return msym
== &msym_not_found
;
3257 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3258 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3260 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*
3261 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile
*objfile
)
3263 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3265 bp_objfile_data
= objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
);
3266 if (bp_objfile_data
== NULL
)
3268 bp_objfile_data
= obstack_alloc (&objfile
->objfile_obstack
,
3269 sizeof (*bp_objfile_data
));
3271 memset (bp_objfile_data
, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data
));
3272 set_objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
, bp_objfile_data
);
3274 return bp_objfile_data
;
3278 free_breakpoint_probes (struct objfile
*obj
, void *data
)
3280 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
= data
;
3282 VEC_free (probe_p
, bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
);
3283 VEC_free (probe_p
, bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
);
3287 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3289 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3290 const char *const func_name
= "_ovly_debug_event";
3292 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3294 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3295 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3298 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3300 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
))
3303 if (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3305 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3307 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3308 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3310 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3311 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3314 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= m
;
3317 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
);
3318 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3320 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3321 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3323 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_auto
)
3325 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
3326 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
3330 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3331 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
3334 update_global_location_list (1);
3338 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3340 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3341 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3343 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
3345 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3347 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3349 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3351 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3354 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3355 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3357 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3359 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3361 if (!bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
)
3365 ret
= find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libc", "longjmp");
3368 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3369 struct probe
*p
= VEC_index (probe_p
, ret
, 0);
3371 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p
))
3373 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3374 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3375 VEC_free (probe_p
, ret
);
3379 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
= ret
;
3380 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
= 1;
3383 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
!= NULL
)
3386 struct probe
*probe
;
3387 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3390 VEC_iterate (probe_p
,
3391 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
,
3395 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3397 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3398 get_probe_address (probe
,
3401 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3402 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3403 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3409 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch
))
3412 for (i
= 0; i
< NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
; i
++)
3414 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3415 const char *func_name
;
3418 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
))
3421 func_name
= longjmp_names
[i
];
3422 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
== NULL
)
3424 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3426 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3427 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3429 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3430 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3433 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = m
;
3436 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]);
3437 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_longjmp_master
,
3438 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3439 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3440 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3444 update_global_location_list (1);
3446 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3449 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3451 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3453 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3454 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3455 const char *const func_name
= "std::terminate()";
3457 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
3459 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3461 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3464 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3466 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3468 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3469 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3471 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3473 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
))
3476 if (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3478 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3480 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3481 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
|| (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
.minsym
) != mst_text
3482 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
.minsym
) != mst_file_text
))
3484 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3485 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3488 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= m
;
3491 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
);
3492 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3493 bp_std_terminate_master
,
3494 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3495 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3496 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3500 update_global_location_list (1);
3502 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3505 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3508 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3510 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3511 const char *const func_name
= "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3513 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3515 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3516 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3517 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3520 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3522 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3523 if (!bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
)
3527 ret
= find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libgcc", "unwind");
3531 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3532 struct probe
*p
= VEC_index (probe_p
, ret
, 0);
3534 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p
))
3536 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3537 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3538 VEC_free (probe_p
, ret
);
3542 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
= ret
;
3543 bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
= 1;
3546 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
!= NULL
)
3548 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3550 struct probe
*probe
;
3553 VEC_iterate (probe_p
,
3554 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
,
3558 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3560 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3561 get_probe_address (probe
,
3563 bp_exception_master
,
3564 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3565 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3566 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3572 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3574 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
))
3577 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3579 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3581 struct bound_minimal_symbol debug_hook
;
3583 debug_hook
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3584 if (debug_hook
.minsym
== NULL
)
3586 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3590 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= debug_hook
;
3593 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
);
3594 addr
= gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch
, addr
,
3596 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_exception_master
,
3597 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3598 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3599 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3602 update_global_location_list (1);
3606 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3608 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3609 struct bp_location
*bploc
, **bplocp_tmp
;
3611 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3612 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3613 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3614 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3615 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3616 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3617 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3618 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3619 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc
, bplocp_tmp
)
3620 if (bploc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3621 gdb_assert (!bploc
->inserted
);
3623 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3625 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
3628 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3629 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
3631 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3635 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3636 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
3638 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3642 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3643 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3644 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
3645 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
|| b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
3646 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
)
3648 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3652 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3653 if (b
->type
== bp_step_resume
|| b
->type
== bp_hp_step_resume
)
3655 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3659 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3661 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_longjmp_resume
3662 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3663 || b
->type
== bp_exception
|| b
->type
== bp_exception_resume
)
3665 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3669 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
3671 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3672 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3673 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3674 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3678 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3679 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3680 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3681 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3682 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3683 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3685 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3686 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3687 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3688 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3689 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3690 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3691 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3693 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3694 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3695 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3696 let finish_command delete it.
3698 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3699 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3700 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3701 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3702 solib breakpoints.) */
3704 if (b
->type
== bp_finish
)
3709 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3710 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3712 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
3714 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3718 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
3719 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
3720 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
3721 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
3722 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
3726 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid
)
3728 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3730 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
3731 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
3733 if (ptid_get_pid (ptid
) == ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
))
3734 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3736 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3737 inferior_ptid
= ptid
;
3738 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3740 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3743 /* This function must physically remove breakpoints locations
3744 from the specified ptid, without modifying the breakpoint
3745 package's state. Locations of type bp_loc_other are only
3746 maintained at GDB side. So, there is no need to remove
3747 these bp_loc_other locations. Moreover, removing these
3748 would modify the breakpoint package's state. */
3749 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_other
)
3753 val
|= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, mark_inserted
);
3756 /* Detach single-step breakpoints as well. */
3757 detach_single_step_breakpoints ();
3759 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3763 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3764 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3765 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3766 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3767 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3770 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*bl
, insertion_state_t is
)
3774 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3775 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3777 if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
3778 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3781 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3782 This should not ever happen. */
3783 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3785 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3786 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3788 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3789 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3790 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3792 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3793 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
3794 || bl
->section
== NULL
3795 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
3797 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3799 /* If we're trying to uninsert a memory breakpoint that we
3800 know is set in a dynamic object that is marked
3801 shlib_disabled, then either the dynamic object was
3802 removed with "remove-symbol-file" or with
3803 "nosharedlibrary". In the former case, we don't know
3804 whether another dynamic object might have loaded over the
3805 breakpoint's address -- the user might well let us know
3806 about it next with add-symbol-file (the whole point of
3807 add-symbol-file is letting the user manually maintain a
3808 list of dynamically loaded objects). If we have the
3809 breakpoint's shadow memory, that is, this is a software
3810 breakpoint managed by GDB, check whether the breakpoint
3811 is still inserted in memory, to avoid overwriting wrong
3812 code with stale saved shadow contents. Note that HW
3813 breakpoints don't have shadow memory, as they're
3814 implemented using a mechanism that is not dependent on
3815 being able to modify the target's memory, and as such
3816 they should always be removed. */
3817 if (bl
->shlib_disabled
3818 && bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
!= 0
3819 && !memory_validate_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
))
3822 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3826 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3827 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3828 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
3830 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3831 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3833 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3834 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3835 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3836 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3837 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
3839 target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3840 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
3842 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3843 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3846 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3847 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3848 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3849 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3851 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3852 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3853 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3854 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3855 || section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3856 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3862 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3867 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint in
3868 a shared library that has already been removed, but we have
3869 not yet processed the shlib unload event. Similarly for an
3870 unloaded add-symbol-file object - the user might not yet have
3871 had the chance to remove-symbol-file it. shlib_disabled will
3872 be set if the library/object has already been removed, but
3873 the breakpoint hasn't been uninserted yet, e.g., after
3874 "nosharedlibrary" or "remove-symbol-file" with breakpoints
3875 always-inserted mode. */
3877 && (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3878 && (bl
->shlib_disabled
3879 || solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
)
3880 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl
->pspace
,
3886 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
3888 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
3890 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
3891 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
3893 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
3894 bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3896 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
3897 if ((is
== mark_uninserted
) && (bl
->inserted
))
3898 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
3901 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
3902 && breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
3905 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
3906 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
3908 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3912 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
3919 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, insertion_state_t is
)
3922 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3924 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3925 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3927 if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
3928 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3931 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3932 This should not ever happen. */
3933 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3935 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
3937 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3939 ret
= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, is
);
3941 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3945 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
3948 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
3950 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3952 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3953 if (bl
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3957 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
3958 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
3960 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
3963 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
3964 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
3965 init_wait_for_inferior). */
3970 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context
)
3972 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3973 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3975 struct program_space
*pspace
= current_program_space
;
3977 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
3979 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
3982 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3984 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3985 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
3986 && bl
->owner
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
3990 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3992 if (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
!= pspace
)
3998 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
4000 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
4001 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
4004 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
4006 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
4008 case bp_shlib_event
:
4010 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
4011 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
4012 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
4013 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
4014 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
4016 (gdb) file prog-linux
4017 (gdb) run # native linux target
4020 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
4021 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
4024 case bp_step_resume
:
4026 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
4028 delete_breakpoint (b
);
4032 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
4033 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
4034 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
4036 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4038 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
4039 if (w
->exp_valid_block
!= NULL
)
4040 delete_breakpoint (b
);
4041 else if (context
== inf_starting
)
4043 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
4044 insert_breakpoints. */
4046 value_free (w
->val
);
4057 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
4058 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, bl
); ++ix
)
4059 decref_bp_location (&bl
);
4060 VEC_free (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
);
4063 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
4064 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
4065 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
4066 match, not program space. */
4068 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
4069 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
4070 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
4071 permanent breakpoint.
4072 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
4073 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
4074 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
4075 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
4076 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
4078 enum breakpoint_here
4079 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4081 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4082 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
4084 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4086 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4087 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4090 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4091 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4092 || bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
4093 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4095 if (overlay_debugging
4096 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4097 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4098 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4099 else if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
4100 return permanent_breakpoint_here
;
4102 any_breakpoint_here
= 1;
4106 return any_breakpoint_here
? ordinary_breakpoint_here
: 0;
4109 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
4112 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4114 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4117 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
4118 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
4124 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
4125 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array
4126 mechanism. This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which
4127 are inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
4130 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4133 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4135 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4137 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4138 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4142 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4144 if (overlay_debugging
4145 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4146 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4147 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4155 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
4156 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
4159 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4161 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
4164 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
4170 /* Ignoring deprecated raw breakpoints, return non-zero iff there is a
4171 software breakpoint inserted at PC. */
4173 static struct bp_location
*
4174 find_non_raw_software_breakpoint_inserted_here (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4177 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4179 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4181 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
4185 && breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
4188 if (overlay_debugging
4189 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4190 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4191 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4200 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
4204 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4207 if (find_non_raw_software_breakpoint_inserted_here (aspace
, pc
) != NULL
)
4210 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
4211 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
4218 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4219 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
4221 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
4223 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
4225 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4227 if (bpt
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
4228 && bpt
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
4231 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
4234 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4235 if (loc
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
&& loc
->inserted
)
4239 /* Check for intersection. */
4240 l
= max (loc
->address
, addr
);
4241 h
= min (loc
->address
+ loc
->length
, addr
+ len
);
4249 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
4250 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
4253 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
4256 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4257 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
4261 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4263 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4264 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4267 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has bl->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4268 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4269 && bl
->owner
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
4272 if (!breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4275 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1)
4277 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4278 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
4279 it is now time to do so. */
4281 thread
= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
);
4282 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= thread
)
4286 if (bl
->owner
->task
!= 0)
4288 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4289 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
4290 it is now time to do so. */
4292 task
= ada_get_task_number (ptid
);
4293 if (bl
->owner
->task
!= task
)
4297 if (overlay_debugging
4298 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4299 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4300 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4309 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4313 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*ep
)
4315 return (ep
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
4318 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4322 bpstat_free (bpstat bs
)
4324 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4325 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
4326 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
4327 decref_bp_location (&bs
->bp_location_at
);
4331 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4332 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4335 bpstat_clear (bpstat
*bsp
)
4352 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4353 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4356 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs
)
4360 bpstat retval
= NULL
;
4365 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4367 tmp
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp
));
4368 memcpy (tmp
, bs
, sizeof (*tmp
));
4369 incref_counted_command_line (tmp
->commands
);
4370 incref_bp_location (tmp
->bp_location_at
);
4371 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4373 tmp
->old_val
= value_copy (bs
->old_val
);
4374 release_value (tmp
->old_val
);
4378 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4388 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4391 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp
, struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
)
4396 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4398 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== breakpoint
)
4404 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4407 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
4409 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4411 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
4413 /* A moribund location can never explain a signal other than
4415 if (sig
== GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
4420 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
->ops
->explains_signal (bsp
->breakpoint_at
,
4429 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4430 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4431 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4432 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4434 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4435 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4437 Return 1 otherwise. */
4440 bpstat_num (bpstat
*bsp
, int *num
)
4442 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4445 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4447 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4448 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4449 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4450 b
= (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
;
4451 *bsp
= (*bsp
)->next
;
4453 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4455 *num
= b
->number
; /* We have its number */
4459 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4462 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4464 struct thread_info
*tp
;
4467 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4470 tp
= find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid
);
4474 for (bs
= tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4476 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
4478 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4480 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
4486 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4489 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4491 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4493 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4495 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4496 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4497 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4498 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4499 if (tp
->control
.in_infcall
)
4503 breakpoint_proceeded
= 1;
4506 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
4509 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore
)
4511 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 0;
4514 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4515 or its equivalent. */
4518 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line
*cmd
)
4520 return cmd
&& (strcmp ("silent", cmd
->line
) == 0
4521 || (xdb_commands
&& strcmp ("Q", cmd
->line
) == 0));
4524 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4525 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4526 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4527 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4529 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4530 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4531 bpstat of the current thread. */
4534 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat
*bsp
)
4537 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
4540 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4542 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
4545 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 1;
4546 old_chain
= make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints
, 0);
4548 prevent_dont_repeat ();
4550 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4553 breakpoint_proceeded
= 0;
4554 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4556 struct counted_command_line
*ccmd
;
4557 struct command_line
*cmd
;
4558 struct cleanup
*this_cmd_tree_chain
;
4560 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4562 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4563 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4564 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4565 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4566 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4567 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4568 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4569 the tree when we're done. */
4570 ccmd
= bs
->commands
;
4571 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4572 this_cmd_tree_chain
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd
);
4573 cmd
= ccmd
? ccmd
->commands
: NULL
;
4574 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd
))
4576 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4582 execute_control_command (cmd
);
4584 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4590 /* We can free this command tree now. */
4591 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain
);
4593 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4595 if (target_can_async_p ())
4596 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4597 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4598 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4601 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4602 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4603 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4604 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4605 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4606 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4607 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4608 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4609 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4610 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4611 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4612 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4613 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4618 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
4623 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4625 struct cleanup
*cleanup_if_error
= make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4627 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4628 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
)
4629 && target_has_execution
4630 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid
)
4631 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))
4632 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4633 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4634 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4635 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4636 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control
.stop_bpstat
))
4639 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error
);
4642 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4645 watchpoint_value_print (struct value
*val
, struct ui_file
*stream
)
4648 fprintf_unfiltered (stream
, _("<unreadable>"));
4651 struct value_print_options opts
;
4652 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4653 value_print (val
, stream
, &opts
);
4657 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4658 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4659 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4660 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4663 static enum print_stop_action
4664 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
)
4666 switch (bs
->print_it
)
4669 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4670 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4674 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4675 relevant messages. */
4676 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
4679 case print_it_normal
:
4681 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4683 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4684 which has since been deleted. */
4686 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4688 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4689 return b
->ops
->print_it (bs
);
4694 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4695 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4700 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4703 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint
)
4706 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
);
4708 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
);
4712 if (any_added
|| any_deleted
)
4713 ui_out_text (current_uiout
,
4714 _("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4716 ui_out_text (current_uiout
,
4717 _("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4718 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4721 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
4722 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "reason",
4723 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT
));
4727 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
4731 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, _(" Inferior unloaded "));
4732 cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout
,
4735 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
,
4740 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, " ");
4741 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "library", name
);
4742 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, "\n");
4745 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
4750 struct so_list
*iter
;
4752 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
4754 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, _(" Inferior loaded "));
4755 cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout
,
4758 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
4763 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, " ");
4764 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "library", iter
->so_name
);
4765 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, "\n");
4768 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
4772 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4773 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4774 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4775 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4776 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4777 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4778 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4781 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4782 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4783 code to print the location. An example is
4784 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4786 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4787 to also print the location part of the message.
4788 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4789 don't require a location appended to the end.
4790 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4791 further info to be printed. */
4793 enum print_stop_action
4794 bpstat_print (bpstat bs
, int kind
)
4798 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4799 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4800 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4801 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4802 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4804 val
= print_bp_stop_message (bs
);
4805 if (val
== PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4806 || val
== PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4807 || val
== PRINT_NOTHING
)
4811 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4812 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4813 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4814 if (kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
4816 print_solib_event (0);
4817 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
4820 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4821 with and nothing was printed. */
4822 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4825 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero.
4826 This returns the inverse of the condition because it is called
4827 from catch_errors which returns 0 if an exception happened, and if an
4828 exception happens we want execution to stop.
4829 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
4830 "void *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
4833 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp
)
4835 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
4836 int i
= !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression
*) exp
));
4838 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4842 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4845 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location
*bl
, bpstat
**bs_link_pointer
)
4849 bs
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs
));
4851 **bs_link_pointer
= bs
;
4852 *bs_link_pointer
= &bs
->next
;
4853 bs
->breakpoint_at
= bl
->owner
;
4854 bs
->bp_location_at
= bl
;
4855 incref_bp_location (bl
);
4856 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
4857 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4859 bs
->print_it
= print_it_normal
;
4863 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4864 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4867 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
4869 int stopped_by_watchpoint
= target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4871 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4873 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint
)
4875 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4876 as not triggered. */
4878 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4880 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4882 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4888 if (!target_stopped_data_address (¤t_target
, &addr
))
4890 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4891 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4893 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4895 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4897 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_unknown
;
4903 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
4904 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
4908 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4910 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4911 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4913 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4914 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4916 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
4918 CORE_ADDR newaddr
= addr
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4919 CORE_ADDR start
= loc
->address
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4921 if (newaddr
== start
)
4923 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4927 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
4928 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (¤t_target
,
4932 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4941 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
4942 because of check_errors). */
4943 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
4944 #define WP_DELETED 1
4945 /* The value has changed. */
4946 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
4947 /* The value has not changed. */
4948 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
4949 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
4952 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
4953 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
4955 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
4958 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
4959 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
4962 watchpoint_check (void *p
)
4964 bpstat bs
= (bpstat
) p
;
4965 struct watchpoint
*b
;
4966 struct frame_info
*fr
;
4967 int within_current_scope
;
4969 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
4970 gdb_assert (bs
->breakpoint_at
!= NULL
);
4971 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4973 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
4974 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
4975 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
4976 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
4979 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
4980 within_current_scope
= 1;
4983 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
4984 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
4985 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (frame
);
4987 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
4988 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
4989 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
4990 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
4991 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
4992 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
4993 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
4994 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
4995 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
4996 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
4999 fr
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
5000 within_current_scope
= (fr
!= NULL
);
5002 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
5003 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
5004 if (within_current_scope
)
5006 struct symbol
*function
;
5008 function
= get_frame_function (fr
);
5009 if (function
== NULL
5010 || !contained_in (b
->exp_valid_block
,
5011 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function
)))
5012 within_current_scope
= 0;
5015 if (within_current_scope
)
5016 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
5017 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
5022 if (within_current_scope
)
5024 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
5025 time before we return to the command level and call
5026 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
5027 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
5031 struct value
*new_val
;
5033 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b
->base
))
5034 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
5035 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
5036 a mask watchpoint. */
5037 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
5039 mark
= value_mark ();
5040 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
, &pc
, &new_val
, NULL
, NULL
, 0);
5042 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
5043 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
5044 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
5045 not what we want. */
5046 if ((b
->val
!= NULL
) != (new_val
!= NULL
)
5047 || (b
->val
!= NULL
&& !value_equal_contents (b
->val
, new_val
)))
5049 if (new_val
!= NULL
)
5051 release_value (new_val
);
5052 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5054 bs
->old_val
= b
->val
;
5057 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
5061 /* Nothing changed. */
5062 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5063 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
5068 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5070 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
5071 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
5072 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
5073 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
5074 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
5075 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
5076 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
5077 the first value assigned). */
5078 /* We print all the stop information in
5079 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
5080 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
5081 already. So we have no choice but print the information
5083 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
5085 (uiout
, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE
));
5086 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nWatchpoint ");
5087 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "wpnum", b
->base
.number
);
5089 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
5090 which its expression is valid.\n");
5092 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
5093 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->base
.commands
);
5094 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
5100 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
5101 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
5102 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
5105 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
5106 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
5107 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5109 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
5111 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
5112 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5114 return b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
5117 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
5118 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
5121 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
5123 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5124 struct watchpoint
*b
;
5126 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5127 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
5128 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5129 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5130 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5133 int must_check_value
= 0;
5135 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5136 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
5138 must_check_value
= 1;
5139 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_yes
)
5140 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
5141 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
5143 must_check_value
= 1;
5144 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_unknown
5145 && b
->base
.type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
5146 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
5147 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
5148 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
5149 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
5150 must_check_value
= 1;
5152 if (must_check_value
)
5155 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
5157 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
5158 int e
= catch_errors (watchpoint_check
, bs
, message
,
5160 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
5164 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5165 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
5169 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5172 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED
:
5173 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
5175 /* There are two cases to consider here:
5177 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
5178 In that case, trust the target, and always report
5179 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
5180 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
5181 have changed since the last time it was read, and
5182 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
5183 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
5186 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
5187 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
5190 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
5191 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
5192 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
5193 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
5195 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
5196 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
5197 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
5200 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
5201 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
5202 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
5203 changes. This still gives false positives when
5204 the program writes the same value to memory as
5205 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
5206 it for a read), but it's much better than
5209 int other_write_watchpoint
= 0;
5211 if (bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
5213 struct breakpoint
*other_b
;
5215 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b
)
5216 if (other_b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5217 || other_b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
5219 struct watchpoint
*other_w
=
5220 (struct watchpoint
*) other_b
;
5222 if (other_w
->watchpoint_triggered
5223 == watch_triggered_yes
)
5225 other_write_watchpoint
= 1;
5231 if (other_write_watchpoint
5232 || bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
)
5234 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
5235 and the value changed since the last time we
5236 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
5238 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5243 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
:
5244 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5245 || b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5247 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
5248 the value hasn't changed. */
5249 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5257 /* Error from catch_errors. */
5258 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b
->base
.number
);
5259 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
5260 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5261 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
5265 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5267 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5268 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5269 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5270 anything for this watchpoint. */
5271 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5277 /* For breakpoints that are currently marked as telling gdb to stop,
5278 check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5279 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5280 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5283 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs
, ptid_t ptid
)
5285 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5286 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5287 int value_is_zero
= 0;
5288 struct expression
*cond
;
5290 gdb_assert (bs
->stop
);
5292 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5293 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
5294 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5295 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5296 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5298 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5299 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5300 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5302 if (frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
)
5303 && !frame_id_eq (b
->frame_id
, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5309 /* If this is a thread/task-specific breakpoint, don't waste cpu
5310 evaluating the condition if this isn't the specified
5312 if ((b
->thread
!= -1 && b
->thread
!= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
))
5313 || (b
->task
!= 0 && b
->task
!= ada_get_task_number (ptid
)))
5320 /* Evaluate extension language breakpoints that have a "stop" method
5322 bs
->stop
= breakpoint_ext_lang_cond_says_stop (b
);
5324 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5326 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5333 if (cond
&& b
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
5335 int within_current_scope
= 1;
5336 struct watchpoint
* w
;
5338 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5339 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5340 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5341 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5343 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
5345 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5346 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5350 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5351 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5352 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5353 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5354 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5356 if (w
== NULL
|| w
->cond_exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
5357 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5360 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5362 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5363 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5364 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5365 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5366 really matter which instantiation of the function
5367 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5368 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5369 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5370 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5371 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5372 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5373 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5374 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5376 frame
= block_innermost_frame (w
->cond_exp_valid_block
);
5378 select_frame (frame
);
5380 within_current_scope
= 0;
5382 if (within_current_scope
)
5384 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval
, cond
,
5385 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
5389 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5390 "in the current scope"));
5391 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5392 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5395 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5396 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5399 if (cond
&& value_is_zero
)
5403 else if (b
->ignore_count
> 0)
5407 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5409 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
5414 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
5415 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
5417 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
5418 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
5421 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
5423 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
5425 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
5426 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
5427 several reasons concurrently.)
5429 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
5430 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
5433 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space
*aspace
,
5434 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
, ptid_t ptid
,
5435 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5437 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
5438 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5439 struct bp_location
*loc
;
5440 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5441 bpstat bs_head
= NULL
, *bs_link
= &bs_head
;
5442 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
5445 int need_remove_insert
;
5448 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5449 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5450 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5451 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5452 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5453 inferior function calls. */
5457 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
5460 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5462 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5463 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5464 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5465 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5466 checked all locations already. */
5467 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
&& bl
!= b
->loc
)
5470 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
)
5473 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
5476 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5479 bs
= bpstat_alloc (bl
, &bs_link
); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5482 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5483 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5484 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5488 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5489 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5490 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5492 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
&& b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
5494 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
->related_breakpoint
;
5496 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5501 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
5503 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, bp_addr
))
5505 bs
= bpstat_alloc (loc
, &bs_link
);
5506 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5509 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5513 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5514 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5515 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5517 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5519 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
&& bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
5521 handle_solib_event ();
5526 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5527 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5528 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5532 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5537 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5538 b
->ops
->check_status (bs
);
5541 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs
, ptid
);
5546 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
5548 /* We will stop here. */
5549 if (b
->disposition
== disp_disable
)
5551 --(b
->enable_count
);
5552 if (b
->enable_count
<= 0
5553 && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
5554 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
5559 bs
->commands
= b
->commands
;
5560 incref_counted_command_line (bs
->commands
);
5561 if (command_line_is_silent (bs
->commands
5562 ? bs
->commands
->commands
: NULL
))
5565 b
->ops
->after_condition_true (bs
);
5570 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5572 if (!bs
->stop
|| !bs
->print
)
5573 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5576 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5577 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5578 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5580 need_remove_insert
= 0;
5581 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head
))
5582 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5584 && bs
->breakpoint_at
5585 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
))
5587 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5589 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5590 need_remove_insert
= 1;
5593 if (need_remove_insert
)
5594 update_global_location_list (1);
5595 else if (removed_any
)
5596 update_global_location_list (0);
5602 handle_jit_event (void)
5604 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5605 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
5607 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5608 breakpoint_re_set. */
5609 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5611 frame
= get_current_frame ();
5612 gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
5614 jit_event_handler (gdbarch
);
5616 target_terminal_inferior ();
5619 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5621 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5624 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head
)
5626 struct bpstat_what retval
;
5630 retval
.main_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5631 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_NONE
;
5632 retval
.is_longjmp
= 0;
5634 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5636 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5637 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5638 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5641 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
5643 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5644 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5648 bptype
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
;
5655 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
5658 case bp_shlib_event
:
5662 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5664 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5667 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5670 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5671 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5672 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5676 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5678 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5682 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5683 This requires no further action. */
5687 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
5689 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5690 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
!= bp_exception
;
5692 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
5693 case bp_exception_resume
:
5694 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5695 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
== bp_longjmp_resume
;
5697 case bp_step_resume
:
5699 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
;
5702 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5703 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5706 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
5708 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME
;
5711 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5712 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5715 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
5716 case bp_thread_event
:
5717 case bp_overlay_event
:
5718 case bp_longjmp_master
:
5719 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
5720 case bp_exception_master
:
5721 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5727 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5729 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5733 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5734 This requires no further action. */
5739 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5742 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5743 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5744 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STACK_DUMMY
;
5745 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5747 case bp_std_terminate
:
5748 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5749 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5750 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STD_TERMINATE
;
5751 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5754 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
5755 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
5756 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5757 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5759 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5760 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5762 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5763 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5764 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5766 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5767 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5768 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5769 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5774 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5776 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5780 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5781 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype
);
5784 retval
.main_action
= max (retval
.main_action
, this_action
);
5787 /* These operations may affect the bs->breakpoint_at state so they are
5788 delayed after MAIN_ACTION is decided above. */
5793 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
5795 handle_jit_event ();
5798 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5800 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5806 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5807 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b
);
5809 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5810 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b
);
5818 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
5819 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
5820 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
5823 bpstat_should_step (void)
5825 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5828 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
!= NULL
)
5834 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs
)
5836 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5845 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5846 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5847 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5850 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out
*uiout
, const char *col_name
)
5852 static char wrap_indent
[80];
5853 int i
, total_width
, width
, align
;
5857 for (i
= 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout
, i
, &width
, &align
, &text
); i
++)
5859 if (strcmp (text
, col_name
) == 0)
5861 gdb_assert (total_width
< sizeof wrap_indent
);
5862 memset (wrap_indent
, ' ', total_width
);
5863 wrap_indent
[total_width
] = 0;
5868 total_width
+= width
+ 1;
5874 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5875 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5877 "host": Host evals condition.
5878 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5879 "target": Target evals condition.
5883 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5885 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5886 char host_evals
= 0;
5887 char target_evals
= 0;
5892 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
5895 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5896 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5897 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5899 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5901 if (bl
->cond_bytecode
)
5907 if (host_evals
&& target_evals
)
5908 return condition_evaluation_both
;
5909 else if (target_evals
)
5910 return condition_evaluation_target
;
5912 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5915 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
5916 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
5919 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location
*bl
)
5921 if (bl
&& !is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
5924 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5925 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5926 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5928 if (bl
&& bl
->cond_bytecode
)
5929 return condition_evaluation_target
;
5931 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5934 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
5937 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5938 struct bp_location
*loc
)
5940 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5941 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
5943 if (loc
!= NULL
&& loc
->shlib_disabled
)
5947 set_current_program_space (loc
->pspace
);
5949 if (b
->display_canonical
)
5950 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", b
->addr_string
);
5951 else if (loc
&& loc
->symtab
)
5954 = find_pc_sect_function (loc
->address
, loc
->section
);
5957 ui_out_text (uiout
, "in ");
5958 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
5959 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
5960 ui_out_text (uiout
, " ");
5961 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout
, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout
, "what"));
5962 ui_out_text (uiout
, "at ");
5964 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file",
5965 symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc
->symtab
));
5966 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
5968 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
5969 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname",
5970 symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
));
5972 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", loc
->line_number
);
5976 struct ui_file
*stb
= mem_fileopen ();
5977 struct cleanup
*stb_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
5979 print_address_symbolic (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
, stb
,
5981 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "at", stb
);
5983 do_cleanups (stb_chain
);
5986 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "pending", b
->addr_string
);
5988 if (loc
&& is_breakpoint (b
)
5989 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
5990 && bp_condition_evaluator (b
) == condition_evaluation_both
)
5992 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (");
5993 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "evaluated-by",
5994 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc
));
5995 ui_out_text (uiout
, ")");
5998 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
6002 bptype_string (enum bptype type
)
6004 struct ep_type_description
6009 static struct ep_type_description bptypes
[] =
6011 {bp_none
, "?deleted?"},
6012 {bp_breakpoint
, "breakpoint"},
6013 {bp_hardware_breakpoint
, "hw breakpoint"},
6014 {bp_until
, "until"},
6015 {bp_finish
, "finish"},
6016 {bp_watchpoint
, "watchpoint"},
6017 {bp_hardware_watchpoint
, "hw watchpoint"},
6018 {bp_read_watchpoint
, "read watchpoint"},
6019 {bp_access_watchpoint
, "acc watchpoint"},
6020 {bp_longjmp
, "longjmp"},
6021 {bp_longjmp_resume
, "longjmp resume"},
6022 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy
, "longjmp for call dummy"},
6023 {bp_exception
, "exception"},
6024 {bp_exception_resume
, "exception resume"},
6025 {bp_step_resume
, "step resume"},
6026 {bp_hp_step_resume
, "high-priority step resume"},
6027 {bp_watchpoint_scope
, "watchpoint scope"},
6028 {bp_call_dummy
, "call dummy"},
6029 {bp_std_terminate
, "std::terminate"},
6030 {bp_shlib_event
, "shlib events"},
6031 {bp_thread_event
, "thread events"},
6032 {bp_overlay_event
, "overlay events"},
6033 {bp_longjmp_master
, "longjmp master"},
6034 {bp_std_terminate_master
, "std::terminate master"},
6035 {bp_exception_master
, "exception master"},
6036 {bp_catchpoint
, "catchpoint"},
6037 {bp_tracepoint
, "tracepoint"},
6038 {bp_fast_tracepoint
, "fast tracepoint"},
6039 {bp_static_tracepoint
, "static tracepoint"},
6040 {bp_dprintf
, "dprintf"},
6041 {bp_jit_event
, "jit events"},
6042 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
6043 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
6046 if (((int) type
>= (sizeof (bptypes
) / sizeof (bptypes
[0])))
6047 || ((int) type
!= bptypes
[(int) type
].type
))
6048 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
6049 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
6052 return bptypes
[(int) type
].description
;
6055 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
6056 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
6059 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out
*uiout
,
6060 const char *field_name
,
6064 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
6065 int is_mi
= ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
);
6069 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6070 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
6071 if (!is_mi
&& mi_only
)
6074 back_to
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (uiout
, field_name
);
6076 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (int, inf_num
, i
, inf
); ++i
)
6082 xsnprintf (mi_group
, sizeof (mi_group
), "i%d", inf
);
6083 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, NULL
, mi_group
);
6088 ui_out_text (uiout
, " inf ");
6090 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
6092 ui_out_text (uiout
, plongest (inf
));
6096 do_cleanups (back_to
);
6099 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
6102 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6103 struct bp_location
*loc
,
6105 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6108 struct command_line
*l
;
6109 static char bpenables
[] = "nynny";
6111 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6112 int header_of_multiple
= 0;
6113 int part_of_multiple
= (loc
!= NULL
);
6114 struct value_print_options opts
;
6116 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6118 gdb_assert (!loc
|| loc_number
!= 0);
6119 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
6120 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
6123 && (b
->loc
->next
!= NULL
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
)))
6124 header_of_multiple
= 1;
6132 if (part_of_multiple
)
6135 formatted
= xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b
->number
, loc_number
);
6136 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "number", formatted
);
6141 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
6146 if (part_of_multiple
)
6147 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "type");
6149 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "type", bptype_string (b
->type
));
6153 if (part_of_multiple
)
6154 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "disp");
6156 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
6161 if (part_of_multiple
)
6162 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "enabled", loc
->enabled
? "y" : "n");
6164 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout
, "enabled", "%c",
6165 bpenables
[(int) b
->enable_state
]);
6166 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 2);
6170 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_one
!= NULL
)
6172 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
6173 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
6174 make sure there's just one location. */
6175 gdb_assert (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
6176 b
->ops
->print_one (b
, last_loc
);
6182 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
6183 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
6187 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
6188 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
6189 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
6191 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6193 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6194 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6195 is relatively readable). */
6196 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6197 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
6199 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", w
->exp_string
);
6204 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
6208 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
6209 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
6211 case bp_exception_resume
:
6212 case bp_step_resume
:
6213 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
6214 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
6216 case bp_std_terminate
:
6217 case bp_shlib_event
:
6218 case bp_thread_event
:
6219 case bp_overlay_event
:
6220 case bp_longjmp_master
:
6221 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
6222 case bp_exception_master
:
6224 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
6225 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
6228 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
6229 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
6230 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6233 if (header_of_multiple
)
6234 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
6235 else if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6236 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<PENDING>");
6238 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "addr",
6239 loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
6242 if (!header_of_multiple
)
6243 print_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
);
6250 if (loc
!= NULL
&& !header_of_multiple
)
6252 struct inferior
*inf
;
6253 VEC(int) *inf_num
= NULL
;
6258 if (inf
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
)
6259 VEC_safe_push (int, inf_num
, inf
->num
);
6262 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6263 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6265 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6266 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
6267 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6268 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6269 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6270 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
))
6272 output_thread_groups (uiout
, "thread-groups", inf_num
, mi_only
);
6273 VEC_free (int, inf_num
);
6276 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6278 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6280 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6281 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6282 ui_out_text (uiout
, " thread ");
6283 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
6285 else if (b
->task
!= 0)
6287 ui_out_text (uiout
, " task ");
6288 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "task", b
->task
);
6292 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6294 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6295 b
->ops
->print_one_detail (b
, uiout
);
6297 if (part_of_multiple
&& frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
))
6300 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6301 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6303 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "frame",
6304 b
->gdbarch
, b
->frame_id
.stack_addr
);
6305 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6308 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->cond_string
)
6311 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6312 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace only if ");
6314 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only if ");
6315 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "cond", b
->cond_string
);
6317 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6318 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6319 if (is_breakpoint (b
)
6320 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6321 == condition_evaluation_target
)
6323 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (");
6324 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "evaluated-by",
6325 bp_condition_evaluator (b
));
6326 ui_out_text (uiout
, " evals)");
6328 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6331 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->thread
!= -1)
6333 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6334 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in thread ");
6335 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
6336 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6339 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6343 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6344 if (is_catchpoint (b
))
6345 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tcatchpoint");
6346 else if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6347 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttracepoint");
6349 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tbreakpoint");
6350 ui_out_text (uiout
, " already hit ");
6351 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
6352 if (b
->hit_count
== 1)
6353 ui_out_text (uiout
, " time\n");
6355 ui_out_text (uiout
, " times\n");
6359 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6360 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6361 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
6365 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->ignore_count
)
6368 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tignore next ");
6369 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "ignore", b
->ignore_count
);
6370 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hits\n");
6373 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6374 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6375 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6376 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->enable_count
> 1)
6379 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tdisable after ");
6380 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6381 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6382 if (b
->ignore_count
)
6383 ui_out_text (uiout
, "additional ");
6385 ui_out_text (uiout
, "next ");
6386 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "enable", b
->enable_count
);
6387 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hits\n");
6390 if (!part_of_multiple
&& is_tracepoint (b
))
6392 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6394 if (tp
->traceframe_usage
)
6396 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace buffer usage ");
6397 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "traceframe-usage", tp
->traceframe_usage
);
6398 ui_out_text (uiout
, " bytes\n");
6402 l
= b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
6403 if (!part_of_multiple
&& l
)
6405 struct cleanup
*script_chain
;
6408 script_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "script");
6409 print_command_lines (uiout
, l
, 4);
6410 do_cleanups (script_chain
);
6413 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6415 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6417 if (!part_of_multiple
&& t
->pass_count
)
6419 annotate_field (10);
6420 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tpass count ");
6421 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "pass", t
->pass_count
);
6422 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
6425 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6427 if (!header_of_multiple
&& loc
!= NULL
&& !loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6429 annotate_field (11);
6431 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6432 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "installed",
6433 loc
->inserted
? "y" : "n");
6437 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\t");
6439 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tnot ");
6440 ui_out_text (uiout
, "installed on target\n");
6445 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
) && !part_of_multiple
)
6447 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
6449 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6451 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", w
->exp_string
);
6453 else if (b
->addr_string
)
6454 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", b
->addr_string
);
6459 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6460 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6463 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
;
6464 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6466 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "bkpt");
6468 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, NULL
, 0, last_loc
, allflag
);
6469 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
6471 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6472 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6473 locations, if any. */
6474 if (b
->ops
== NULL
|| b
->ops
->print_one
== NULL
)
6476 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6477 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6478 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6481 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6482 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6484 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
6485 && (b
->loc
->next
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
))
6487 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6490 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
, ++n
)
6492 struct cleanup
*inner2
=
6493 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, NULL
);
6494 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, n
, last_loc
, allflag
);
6495 do_cleanups (inner2
);
6502 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6504 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6505 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6507 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
6511 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
6512 an address to print. */
6513 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& loc
->watchpoint_type
== -1)
6516 addr_bit
= gdbarch_addr_bit (loc
->gdbarch
);
6517 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6518 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6521 return print_address_bits
;
6524 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
6530 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, void *data
)
6532 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
*args
= data
;
6533 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6534 struct bp_location
*dummy_loc
= NULL
;
6538 if (args
->bnum
== b
->number
)
6540 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &dummy_loc
, 0);
6548 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, int bnum
,
6549 char **error_message
)
6551 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args
;
6554 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
6556 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout
, do_captured_breakpoint_query
, &args
,
6557 error_message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
) < 0)
6563 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6564 internal or momentary. */
6567 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6569 return b
->number
> 0;
6572 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6573 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6574 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6575 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6576 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6577 breakpoints listed. */
6580 breakpoint_1 (char *args
, int allflag
,
6581 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
6583 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6584 struct bp_location
*last_loc
= NULL
;
6585 int nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6586 struct cleanup
*bkpttbl_chain
;
6587 struct value_print_options opts
;
6588 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6589 int print_type_col_width
= 14;
6590 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6592 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6594 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6595 required for address fields. */
6596 nr_printable_breakpoints
= 0;
6599 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6600 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6603 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6604 accept. Skip the others. */
6605 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6607 if (allflag
&& parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6609 if (!allflag
&& !number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6613 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6615 int addr_bit
, type_len
;
6617 addr_bit
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
6618 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6619 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6621 type_len
= strlen (bptype_string (b
->type
));
6622 if (type_len
> print_type_col_width
)
6623 print_type_col_width
= type_len
;
6625 nr_printable_breakpoints
++;
6629 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6631 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 6,
6632 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6636 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 5,
6637 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6640 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6641 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6642 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6644 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 7, ui_left
, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6645 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6647 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, print_type_col_width
, ui_left
,
6648 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6649 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6651 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 4, ui_left
, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6652 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6654 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 3, ui_left
, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6655 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6657 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6659 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
6660 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 10, ui_left
,
6661 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6663 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 18, ui_left
,
6664 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6666 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6668 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 40, ui_noalign
, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6669 ui_out_table_body (uiout
);
6670 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6671 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6676 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6677 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6680 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6681 accept. Skip the others. */
6683 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6685 if (allflag
) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6687 if (parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6690 else /* all others */
6692 if (!number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6696 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6698 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6699 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &last_loc
, allflag
);
6702 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain
);
6704 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
== 0)
6706 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6710 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6711 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6713 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0,
6714 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6720 if (last_loc
&& !server_command
)
6721 set_next_address (last_loc
->gdbarch
, last_loc
->address
);
6724 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6725 there have been breakpoints? */
6726 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6728 return nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6731 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6732 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6735 default_collect_info (void)
6737 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6739 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6740 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6742 if (!*default_collect
)
6745 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6747 ui_out_text (uiout
, "default collect ");
6748 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "default-collect", default_collect
);
6749 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
6753 breakpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6755 breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, NULL
);
6757 default_collect_info ();
6761 watchpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6763 int num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_watchpoint
);
6764 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6766 if (num_printed
== 0)
6768 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6769 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
6771 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
6776 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6778 breakpoint_1 (args
, 1, NULL
);
6780 default_collect_info ();
6784 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6785 struct program_space
*pspace
,
6786 CORE_ADDR pc
, struct obj_section
*section
)
6788 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
6790 for (; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
6792 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
6793 && bl
->address
== pc
6794 && (!overlay_debugging
|| bl
->section
== section
))
6800 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6801 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6805 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6806 struct program_space
*pspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
6807 struct obj_section
*section
, int thread
)
6810 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6813 others
+= (user_breakpoint_p (b
)
6814 && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
));
6818 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6819 else /* if (others == ???) */
6820 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6822 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
) && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
))
6825 printf_filtered ("%d", b
->number
);
6826 if (b
->thread
== -1 && thread
!= -1)
6827 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6828 else if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6829 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b
->thread
);
6830 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6831 ((b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
6832 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
6834 : b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
6838 : ((others
== 1) ? " and" : ""));
6840 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
6841 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch
, pc
), gdb_stdout
);
6842 printf_filtered (".\n");
6847 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
6848 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
6849 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
6850 (or use it for any other purpose either).
6852 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
6853 always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark
6854 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
6855 breakpoint at address zero:
6863 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
6865 enum bptype type
= bpt
->type
;
6867 return (type
!= bp_watchpoint
&& type
!= bp_catchpoint
);
6870 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6871 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6874 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6875 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6877 struct watchpoint
*w1
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc1
->owner
;
6878 struct watchpoint
*w2
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc2
->owner
;
6880 /* Both of them must exist. */
6881 gdb_assert (w1
!= NULL
);
6882 gdb_assert (w2
!= NULL
);
6884 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
6885 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
6886 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
6887 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
6888 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
6889 other watchpoint. */
6891 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1
->address
,
6893 loc1
->watchpoint_type
,
6896 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2
->address
,
6898 loc2
->watchpoint_type
,
6902 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
6903 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
6904 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
6905 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
6906 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
6907 become hw_access locations later. */
6908 return (loc1
->owner
->type
== loc2
->owner
->type
6909 && loc1
->pspace
->aspace
== loc2
->pspace
->aspace
6910 && loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
6911 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
6914 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6917 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
6918 struct address_space
*aspace2
, CORE_ADDR addr2
)
6920 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6921 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
6925 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
6926 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
6927 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
6928 space doesn't really matter. */
6931 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
6932 int len1
, struct address_space
*aspace2
,
6935 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6936 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
6937 && addr2
>= addr1
&& addr2
< addr1
+ len1
);
6940 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
6941 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
6942 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
6943 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6946 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
6947 struct address_space
*aspace
,
6950 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
6953 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
6954 bl
->address
, bl
->length
,
6958 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
6959 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
6960 true, otherwise returns false. */
6963 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6964 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6966 if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) && is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
6967 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
6968 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
6969 different locations. */
6970 return (loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
&& loc1
->owner
== loc2
->owner
);
6975 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
6976 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
6977 represent the same location. */
6980 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6981 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6983 int hw_point1
, hw_point2
;
6985 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
6986 gdb_assert (loc1
->owner
!= NULL
);
6987 gdb_assert (loc2
->owner
!= NULL
);
6989 hw_point1
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1
->owner
);
6990 hw_point2
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
);
6992 if (hw_point1
!= hw_point2
)
6995 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
6996 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) || is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
6997 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
6999 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
7000 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1
->pspace
->aspace
, loc1
->address
,
7001 loc2
->pspace
->aspace
, loc2
->address
)
7002 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
7006 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr
, CORE_ADDR to_addr
,
7007 int bnum
, int have_bnum
)
7009 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
7010 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
7014 strcpy (astr1
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr
, 8));
7015 strcpy (astr2
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr
, 8));
7017 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
7018 bnum
, astr1
, astr2
);
7020 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1
, astr2
);
7023 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
7024 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
7025 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
7026 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
7029 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7030 CORE_ADDR bpaddr
, enum bptype bptype
)
7032 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch
))
7034 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
7037 else if (bptype
== bp_watchpoint
7038 || bptype
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
7039 || bptype
== bp_read_watchpoint
7040 || bptype
== bp_access_watchpoint
7041 || bptype
== bp_catchpoint
)
7043 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
7044 have their addresses modified. */
7049 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr
;
7051 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
7052 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
7053 adjusted_bpaddr
= gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch
, bpaddr
);
7055 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
7056 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
7058 if (adjusted_bpaddr
!= bpaddr
)
7059 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr
, adjusted_bpaddr
, 0, 0);
7061 return adjusted_bpaddr
;
7066 init_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
, const struct bp_location_ops
*ops
,
7067 struct breakpoint
*owner
)
7069 memset (loc
, 0, sizeof (*loc
));
7071 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
7076 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
7077 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 0;
7080 switch (owner
->type
)
7086 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
7087 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
7089 case bp_exception_resume
:
7090 case bp_step_resume
:
7091 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
7092 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
7094 case bp_std_terminate
:
7095 case bp_shlib_event
:
7096 case bp_thread_event
:
7097 case bp_overlay_event
:
7099 case bp_longjmp_master
:
7100 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
7101 case bp_exception_master
:
7102 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
7103 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
7105 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
7106 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7108 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
7109 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
7110 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7112 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
7113 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
7114 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
7115 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
;
7120 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
7121 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
7122 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_other
;
7125 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
7131 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
7133 static struct bp_location
*
7134 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
7136 return bpt
->ops
->allocate_location (bpt
);
7140 free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
)
7142 loc
->ops
->dtor (loc
);
7146 /* Increment reference count. */
7149 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7154 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
7155 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
7158 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**blp
)
7160 gdb_assert ((*blp
)->refc
> 0);
7162 if (--(*blp
)->refc
== 0)
7163 free_bp_location (*blp
);
7167 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
7170 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7172 struct breakpoint
*b1
;
7174 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
7175 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
7177 b1
= breakpoint_chain
;
7179 breakpoint_chain
= b
;
7188 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
7191 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
7192 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7194 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7196 memset (b
, 0, sizeof (*b
));
7198 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
7202 b
->gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
7203 b
->language
= current_language
->la_language
;
7204 b
->input_radix
= input_radix
;
7206 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7209 b
->ignore_count
= 0;
7211 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
7212 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
7213 b
->py_bp_object
= NULL
;
7214 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
7217 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
7218 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
7220 static struct breakpoint
*
7221 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7223 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7225 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
7227 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7228 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
7232 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
7233 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
7237 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location
*loc
, int explicit_loc
)
7239 gdb_assert (loc
->owner
!= NULL
);
7241 if (loc
->owner
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7242 || loc
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
7243 || is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
7246 const char *function_name
;
7247 CORE_ADDR func_addr
;
7249 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc
->address
, &function_name
,
7250 &func_addr
, NULL
, &is_gnu_ifunc
);
7252 if (is_gnu_ifunc
&& !explicit_loc
)
7254 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7256 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
);
7257 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name
,
7258 &loc
->requested_address
))
7260 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
7261 loc
->address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc
->gdbarch
,
7262 loc
->requested_address
,
7265 else if (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& b
->loc
== loc
7266 && loc
->next
== NULL
&& b
->related_breakpoint
== b
)
7268 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7269 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7270 b
->type
= bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
;
7271 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7273 loc
->related_address
= func_addr
;
7278 loc
->function_name
= xstrdup (function_name
);
7282 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7284 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
7287 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.section
->objfile
);
7289 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.symtab
->objfile
);
7294 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7295 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7296 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7298 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7299 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7300 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7303 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7304 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7305 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7307 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7309 add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
7311 if (bptype
!= bp_catchpoint
)
7312 gdb_assert (sal
.pspace
!= NULL
);
7314 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7315 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7317 if (bptype
!= bp_breakpoint
&& bptype
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7318 b
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
7321 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7322 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7323 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7324 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7325 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7326 is also returned as the value of this function.
7328 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7329 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7330 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7331 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7332 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7333 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7334 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7337 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7338 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7339 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7341 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
7343 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bptype
, ops
);
7344 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
7349 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
7350 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
7352 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7354 struct bp_location
*bl
;
7356 b
->enable_state
= bp_permanent
;
7358 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
7359 code. Mark all locations as inserted. For now,
7360 make_breakpoint_permanent is called in just one place, so it's
7361 hard to say if it's reasonable to have permanent breakpoint with
7362 multiple locations or not, but it's easy to implement. */
7363 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
7367 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7368 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7369 initiated the operation. */
7372 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info
*tp
, struct frame_id frame
)
7374 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7375 int thread
= tp
->num
;
7377 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7378 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7379 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7380 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7381 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7382 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7383 && (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
7384 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
))
7386 enum bptype type
= b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
? bp_longjmp
: bp_exception
;
7387 struct breakpoint
*clone
;
7389 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7390 after their removal. */
7391 clone
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, type
,
7392 &longjmp_breakpoint_ops
, 1);
7393 clone
->thread
= thread
;
7396 tp
->initiating_frame
= frame
;
7399 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7401 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
7403 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7405 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7406 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7408 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7409 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7414 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread
)
7416 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7418 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7419 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7421 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7422 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7426 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7427 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7428 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7432 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7434 struct breakpoint
*b
, *retval
= NULL
;
7437 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
&& b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
7439 struct breakpoint
*new_b
;
7441 new_b
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_longjmp_call_dummy
,
7442 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
,
7444 new_b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
7446 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7448 gdb_assert (new_b
->related_breakpoint
== new_b
);
7451 new_b
->related_breakpoint
= retval
;
7452 while (retval
->related_breakpoint
!= new_b
->related_breakpoint
)
7453 retval
= retval
->related_breakpoint
;
7454 retval
->related_breakpoint
= new_b
;
7460 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7461 TP. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7464 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7465 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7469 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (struct thread_info
*tp
)
7471 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7473 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7474 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
&& b
->thread
== tp
->num
)
7476 struct breakpoint
*dummy_b
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
7478 while (dummy_b
!= b
&& dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
)
7479 dummy_b
= dummy_b
->related_breakpoint
;
7480 if (dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
7481 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b
->frame_id
) != NULL
)
7484 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b
->frame_id
, tp
->ptid
);
7486 while (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
7488 if (b_tmp
== b
->related_breakpoint
)
7489 b_tmp
= b
->related_breakpoint
->next
;
7490 delete_breakpoint (b
->related_breakpoint
);
7492 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7497 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7499 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7502 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7504 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7505 update_global_location_list (1);
7506 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
7511 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7513 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7516 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7518 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
7519 update_global_location_list (0);
7520 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
7524 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7525 master breakpoint. */
7527 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7529 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7531 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7532 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7533 && b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
)
7535 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_std_terminate
,
7536 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
, 1);
7540 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7542 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7544 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7546 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7547 if (b
->type
== bp_std_terminate
)
7548 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7552 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7554 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7556 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_thread_event
,
7557 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7559 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7560 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7562 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
7564 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7570 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
7572 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7574 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7575 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
7576 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7577 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7580 struct lang_and_radix
7586 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7589 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7591 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7593 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_jit_event
,
7594 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7595 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7599 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7602 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7604 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7606 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7607 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7608 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7609 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7613 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7615 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7617 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7618 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7619 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7620 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7623 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7626 remove_solib_event_breakpoints_at_next_stop (void)
7628 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7630 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7631 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7632 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7633 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7637 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7639 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7641 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_shlib_event
,
7642 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7643 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7647 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7650 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7652 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7654 b
= create_solib_event_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
);
7655 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ())
7656 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
7657 if (!b
->loc
->inserted
)
7659 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7665 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7666 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7669 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7671 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7673 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7675 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7676 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7678 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7679 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7680 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7681 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7682 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7683 if (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
7684 || (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
7685 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7686 || (is_tracepoint (b
)))
7687 && loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
7688 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7689 && solib_name_from_address (loc
->pspace
, loc
->address
)
7692 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7697 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in SOLIB upon
7698 notification of unloaded_shlib. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7699 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7702 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list
*solib
)
7704 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7705 int disabled_shlib_breaks
= 0;
7707 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
7708 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
7709 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
7710 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
7711 if (exec_bfd
!= NULL
7712 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd
) == bfd_target_aout_flavour
)
7715 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7717 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7718 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7720 if (solib
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
7721 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7722 && (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7723 || b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7724 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7725 && (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7726 || loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
))
7727 || is_tracepoint (b
))
7728 && solib_contains_address_p (solib
, loc
->address
))
7730 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7731 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7732 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7733 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7736 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7737 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
7739 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks
)
7741 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
7742 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7743 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7746 disabled_shlib_breaks
= 1;
7751 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints in OBJFILE upon
7752 notification of free_objfile. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7753 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7756 disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
7758 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7760 if (objfile
== NULL
)
7763 /* OBJF_SHARED|OBJF_USERLOADED objfiles are dynamic modules manually
7764 managed by the user with add-symbol-file/remove-symbol-file.
7765 Similarly to how breakpoints in shared libraries are handled in
7766 response to "nosharedlibrary", mark breakpoints in such modules
7767 shlib_disabled so they end up uninserted on the next global
7768 location list update. Shared libraries not loaded by the user
7769 aren't handled here -- they're already handled in
7770 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib, called by solib.c's
7771 solib_unloaded observer. We skip objfiles that are not
7772 OBJF_SHARED as those aren't considered dynamic objects (e.g. the
7774 if ((objfile
->flags
& OBJF_SHARED
) == 0
7775 || (objfile
->flags
& OBJF_USERLOADED
) == 0)
7780 struct bp_location
*loc
;
7781 int bp_modified
= 0;
7783 if (!is_breakpoint (b
) && !is_tracepoint (b
))
7786 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
7788 CORE_ADDR loc_addr
= loc
->address
;
7790 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7791 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
7794 if (loc
->shlib_disabled
!= 0)
7797 if (objfile
->pspace
!= loc
->pspace
)
7800 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7801 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
7804 if (is_addr_in_objfile (loc_addr
, objfile
))
7806 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7807 /* At this point, we don't know whether the object was
7808 unmapped from the inferior or not, so leave the
7809 inserted flag alone. We'll handle failure to
7810 uninsert quietly, in case the object was indeed
7813 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7820 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
7824 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
7826 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
7827 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
7828 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
7829 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7830 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7832 struct fork_catchpoint
7834 /* The base class. */
7835 struct breakpoint base
;
7837 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
7838 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
7839 catchpoint has triggered. */
7840 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid
;
7843 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7847 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7849 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
7852 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7856 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7858 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
7861 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7865 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7866 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
7867 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7869 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7871 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED
)
7874 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
7878 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7881 static enum print_stop_action
7882 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs
)
7884 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7885 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7886 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7888 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7889 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7890 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7892 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
7893 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7895 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
7896 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK
));
7897 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7899 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7900 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (forked process ");
7901 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7902 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
7903 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7906 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7910 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
7912 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7913 struct value_print_options opts
;
7914 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7916 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7918 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7919 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7921 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7922 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
7924 ui_out_text (uiout
, "fork");
7925 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
7927 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
7928 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
7929 ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7930 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
7933 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7934 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "fork");
7937 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7941 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7943 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b
->number
);
7946 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7950 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
7952 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch fork");
7953 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
7956 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
7958 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
7960 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7964 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7966 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
7969 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7973 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7975 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
7978 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7982 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7983 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
7984 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7986 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7988 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED
)
7991 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
7995 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7998 static enum print_stop_action
7999 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs
)
8001 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8002 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8003 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
8005 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8006 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8007 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8009 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
8010 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8012 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8013 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK
));
8014 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8016 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8017 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (vforked process ");
8018 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
8019 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
8020 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8023 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8027 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8029 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
8030 struct value_print_options opts
;
8031 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8033 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8034 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8035 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8037 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8038 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8040 ui_out_text (uiout
, "vfork");
8041 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
8043 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
8044 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
8045 ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
8046 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
8049 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8050 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "vfork");
8053 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8057 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8059 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b
->number
);
8062 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8066 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8068 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch vfork");
8069 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8072 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
8074 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
8076 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
8077 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8078 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8079 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8080 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8082 struct solib_catchpoint
8084 /* The base class. */
8085 struct breakpoint base
;
8087 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
8088 unsigned char is_load
;
8090 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
8091 REGEX is non-NULL. */
8097 dtor_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8099 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8102 regfree (&self
->compiled
);
8103 xfree (self
->regex
);
8105 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
8109 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
8115 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
8121 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8122 struct address_space
*aspace
,
8124 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8126 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8127 struct breakpoint
*other
;
8129 if (ws
->kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
8132 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other
)
8134 struct bp_location
*other_bl
;
8136 if (other
== bl
->owner
)
8139 if (other
->type
!= bp_shlib_event
)
8142 if (self
->base
.pspace
!= NULL
&& other
->pspace
!= self
->base
.pspace
)
8145 for (other_bl
= other
->loc
; other_bl
!= NULL
; other_bl
= other_bl
->next
)
8147 if (other
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (other_bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
8156 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats
*bs
)
8158 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
8159 = (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8164 struct so_list
*iter
;
8167 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
8172 || regexec (&self
->compiled
, iter
->so_name
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
8181 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
,
8186 || regexec (&self
->compiled
, iter
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
8192 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
8195 static enum print_stop_action
8196 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs
)
8198 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8199 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8201 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8202 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8203 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8205 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
8206 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8207 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
8208 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8209 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8210 print_solib_event (1);
8211 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8215 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**locs
)
8217 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8218 struct value_print_options opts
;
8219 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8222 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8223 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8224 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8226 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8229 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8236 msg
= xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
8238 msg
= xstrdup (_("load of library"));
8243 msg
= xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
8245 msg
= xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
8247 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", msg
);
8250 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8251 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type",
8252 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8256 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8258 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8260 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b
->number
,
8261 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8265 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8267 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8269 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "%s %s",
8270 b
->disposition
== disp_del
? "tcatch" : "catch",
8271 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8273 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->regex
);
8274 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
8277 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
8279 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
8280 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
8281 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
8282 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
8283 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
8284 created in an enabled state. */
8287 add_solib_catchpoint (char *arg
, int is_load
, int is_temp
, int enabled
)
8289 struct solib_catchpoint
*c
;
8290 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
8291 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
8295 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
8297 c
= XCNEW (struct solib_catchpoint
);
8298 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, c
);
8304 errcode
= regcomp (&c
->compiled
, arg
, REG_NOSUB
);
8307 char *err
= get_regcomp_error (errcode
, &c
->compiled
);
8309 make_cleanup (xfree
, err
);
8310 error (_("Invalid regexp (%s): %s"), err
, arg
);
8312 c
->regex
= xstrdup (arg
);
8315 c
->is_load
= is_load
;
8316 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, is_temp
, NULL
,
8317 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
);
8319 c
->base
.enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
8321 discard_cleanups (cleanup
);
8322 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
8325 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
8329 catch_load_or_unload (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int is_load
,
8330 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8333 const int enabled
= 1;
8335 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
8337 add_solib_catchpoint (arg
, is_load
, tempflag
, enabled
);
8341 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8342 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8344 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 1, command
);
8348 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8349 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8351 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 0, command
);
8354 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a syscall catchpoint.
8355 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8356 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8357 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8358 CATCH_SYSCALL_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8360 struct syscall_catchpoint
8362 /* The base class. */
8363 struct breakpoint base
;
8365 /* Syscall numbers used for the 'catch syscall' feature. If no
8366 syscall has been specified for filtering, its value is NULL.
8367 Otherwise, it holds a list of all syscalls to be caught. The
8368 list elements are allocated with xmalloc. */
8369 VEC(int) *syscalls_to_be_caught
;
8372 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8376 dtor_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8378 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8380 VEC_free (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
);
8382 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
8385 static const struct inferior_data
*catch_syscall_inferior_data
= NULL
;
8387 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
8389 /* We keep a count of the number of times the user has requested a
8390 particular syscall to be tracked, and pass this information to the
8391 target. This lets capable targets implement filtering directly. */
8393 /* Number of times that "any" syscall is requested. */
8394 int any_syscall_count
;
8396 /* Count of each system call. */
8397 VEC(int) *syscalls_counts
;
8399 /* This counts all syscall catch requests, so we can readily determine
8400 if any catching is necessary. */
8401 int total_syscalls_count
;
8404 static struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*
8405 get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (struct inferior
*inf
)
8407 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
;
8409 inf_data
= inferior_data (inf
, catch_syscall_inferior_data
);
8410 if (inf_data
== NULL
)
8412 inf_data
= XCNEW (struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
);
8413 set_inferior_data (inf
, catch_syscall_inferior_data
, inf_data
);
8420 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup (struct inferior
*inf
, void *arg
)
8426 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8430 insert_catch_syscall (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8432 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8433 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
8434 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
8435 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf
);
8437 ++inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
;
8438 if (!c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8439 ++inf_data
->any_syscall_count
;
8445 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8450 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
))
8452 int old_size
= VEC_length (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
);
8453 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
8454 = old_size
* ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
8456 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
+ 1);
8457 vec_addr
= ((uintptr_t) VEC_address (int,
8458 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
)
8460 memset ((void *) vec_addr
, 0,
8461 (iter
+ 1 - old_size
) * sizeof (int));
8463 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
8464 VEC_replace (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, ++elem
);
8468 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
),
8469 inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
8470 inf_data
->any_syscall_count
,
8472 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
),
8474 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
));
8477 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8481 remove_catch_syscall (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8483 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8484 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
8485 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
8486 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf
);
8488 --inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
;
8489 if (!c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8490 --inf_data
->any_syscall_count
;
8496 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8500 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
))
8501 /* Shouldn't happen. */
8503 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
8504 VEC_replace (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, --elem
);
8508 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
),
8509 inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
8510 inf_data
->any_syscall_count
,
8512 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
),
8514 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
));
8517 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8521 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8522 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8523 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8525 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this
8526 breakpoint. If we are, then we must guarantee that the called
8527 syscall is the same syscall we are catching. */
8528 int syscall_number
= 0;
8529 const struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
8530 = (const struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8532 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8533 && ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN
)
8536 syscall_number
= ws
->value
.syscall_number
;
8538 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
8539 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8544 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8546 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
8555 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8558 static enum print_stop_action
8559 print_it_catch_syscall (bpstat bs
)
8561 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8562 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8563 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
8564 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8565 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
8566 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
8568 struct target_waitstatus last
;
8571 get_last_target_status (&ptid
, &last
);
8573 get_syscall_by_number (last
.value
.syscall_number
, &s
);
8575 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8577 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8578 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8580 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
8581 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8583 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8584 async_reason_lookup (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8585 ? EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8586 : EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_RETURN
));
8587 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8589 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8591 if (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
)
8592 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (call to syscall ");
8594 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (returned from syscall ");
8596 if (s
.name
== NULL
|| ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8597 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "syscall-number", last
.value
.syscall_number
);
8599 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "syscall-name", s
.name
);
8601 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
8603 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8606 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8610 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8611 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8613 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8614 struct value_print_options opts
;
8615 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8617 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8618 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8619 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8621 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8622 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8625 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
8626 && VEC_length (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
8627 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscalls \"");
8629 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscall \"");
8631 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8634 char *text
= xstrprintf ("%s", "");
8637 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8642 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
8645 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text
, s
.name
);
8647 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text
, iter
);
8649 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
8650 because xstrprintf dynamically allocates new space for it
8654 /* Remove the last comma. */
8655 text
[strlen (text
) - 2] = '\0';
8656 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", text
);
8659 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "<any syscall>");
8660 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
8662 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8663 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "syscall");
8666 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8670 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8672 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8674 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8678 if (VEC_length (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
8679 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b
->number
);
8681 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b
->number
);
8684 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8688 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
8691 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s
.name
, s
.number
);
8693 printf_filtered (" %d", s
.number
);
8695 printf_filtered (")");
8698 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
8702 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8706 print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8708 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8710 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch syscall");
8712 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8717 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8722 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
8724 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", s
.name
);
8726 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %d", s
.number
);
8729 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8732 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
8734 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
;
8736 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
8739 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8741 return (b
->ops
== &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
8744 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8745 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8746 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8747 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8750 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8751 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
8753 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8755 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8758 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
8760 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_catchpoint
, ops
);
8762 b
->cond_string
= (cond_string
== NULL
) ? NULL
: xstrdup (cond_string
);
8763 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
8767 install_breakpoint (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
, int update_gll
)
8769 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
8770 set_breakpoint_number (internal
, b
);
8771 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
8772 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
8775 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
8778 update_global_location_list (1);
8782 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8783 int tempflag
, char *cond_string
,
8784 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8786 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint
);
8788 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
8790 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
8792 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
8795 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8797 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8798 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8799 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8800 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8801 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8803 struct exec_catchpoint
8805 /* The base class. */
8806 struct breakpoint base
;
8808 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8809 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8811 char *exec_pathname
;
8814 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8818 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8820 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8822 xfree (c
->exec_pathname
);
8824 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
8828 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8830 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8834 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8836 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8840 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8841 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8842 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8844 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8846 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD
)
8849 c
->exec_pathname
= xstrdup (ws
->value
.execd_pathname
);
8853 static enum print_stop_action
8854 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs
)
8856 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8857 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8858 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8860 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8861 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8862 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8864 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
8865 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8867 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8868 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC
));
8869 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8871 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8872 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (exec'd ");
8873 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "new-exec", c
->exec_pathname
);
8874 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
8876 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8880 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8882 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8883 struct value_print_options opts
;
8884 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8886 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8888 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8889 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8890 is relatively readable). */
8891 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8892 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8894 ui_out_text (uiout
, "exec");
8895 if (c
->exec_pathname
!= NULL
)
8897 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", program \"");
8898 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", c
->exec_pathname
);
8899 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
8902 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8903 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "exec");
8907 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8909 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b
->number
);
8912 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8916 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8918 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch exec");
8919 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8922 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
8925 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag
, VEC(int) *filter
,
8926 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8928 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
;
8929 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
8931 c
= XNEW (struct syscall_catchpoint
);
8932 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, NULL
, ops
);
8933 c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
= filter
;
8935 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
8939 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8942 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8943 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8947 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
&& breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8948 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8950 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8952 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8959 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8963 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8966 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8968 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8971 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8973 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8975 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8981 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8982 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8983 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8984 types _not_ TYPE. */
8987 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
8988 enum bptype type
, int *other_type_used
)
8991 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8993 *other_type_used
= 0;
8998 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
9001 if (b
->type
== type
)
9002 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (b
);
9003 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
9004 *other_type_used
= 1;
9011 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
9013 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9017 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
9019 b
->enable_state
= bp_call_disabled
;
9020 update_global_location_list (0);
9026 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
9028 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9032 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
9034 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
9035 update_global_location_list (1);
9041 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
9043 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 1;
9044 update_global_location_list (0);
9048 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
9050 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 0;
9051 breakpoint_re_set ();
9055 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
9056 at address specified by SAL.
9057 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
9060 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, struct symtab_and_line sal
,
9061 struct frame_id frame_id
, enum bptype type
)
9063 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9065 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
9067 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id
));
9069 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
9070 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
9071 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
9072 b
->frame_id
= frame_id
;
9074 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
9075 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
9077 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
9078 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
9080 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
9085 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
9086 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, use OPS as its
9087 breakpoint_ops, and will set enabled to LOC_ENABLED. */
9089 static struct breakpoint
*
9090 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
9092 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
9095 struct breakpoint
*copy
;
9097 copy
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig
->gdbarch
, type
, ops
);
9098 copy
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (copy
);
9099 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy
->loc
, 1);
9101 copy
->loc
->gdbarch
= orig
->loc
->gdbarch
;
9102 copy
->loc
->requested_address
= orig
->loc
->requested_address
;
9103 copy
->loc
->address
= orig
->loc
->address
;
9104 copy
->loc
->section
= orig
->loc
->section
;
9105 copy
->loc
->pspace
= orig
->loc
->pspace
;
9106 copy
->loc
->probe
= orig
->loc
->probe
;
9107 copy
->loc
->line_number
= orig
->loc
->line_number
;
9108 copy
->loc
->symtab
= orig
->loc
->symtab
;
9109 copy
->loc
->enabled
= loc_enabled
;
9110 copy
->frame_id
= orig
->frame_id
;
9111 copy
->thread
= orig
->thread
;
9112 copy
->pspace
= orig
->pspace
;
9114 copy
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
9115 copy
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
9116 copy
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
9118 update_global_location_list_nothrow (0);
9122 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
9126 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*orig
)
9128 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
9132 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig
, orig
->type
, orig
->ops
, 0);
9136 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
9139 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
9141 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
9143 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
9144 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
9146 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, null_frame_id
, type
);
9150 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
9153 mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9155 b
->ops
->print_mention (b
);
9156 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
9158 printf_filtered ("\n");
9162 static struct bp_location
*
9163 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
9164 const struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
9166 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
9167 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address
;
9168 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
9170 if (loc_gdbarch
== NULL
)
9171 loc_gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
9173 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
9174 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
9175 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
9176 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
9177 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
9178 location that's only been partially initialized. */
9179 adjusted_address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch
,
9182 /* Sort the locations by their ADDRESS. */
9183 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
9184 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
&& (*tmp
)->address
<= adjusted_address
;
9185 tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
9190 loc
->requested_address
= sal
->pc
;
9191 loc
->address
= adjusted_address
;
9192 loc
->pspace
= sal
->pspace
;
9193 loc
->probe
.probe
= sal
->probe
;
9194 loc
->probe
.objfile
= sal
->objfile
;
9195 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
!= NULL
);
9196 loc
->section
= sal
->section
;
9197 loc
->gdbarch
= loc_gdbarch
;
9198 loc
->line_number
= sal
->line
;
9199 loc
->symtab
= sal
->symtab
;
9201 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc
,
9202 sal
->explicit_pc
|| sal
->explicit_line
);
9207 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
9208 return 0 otherwise. */
9211 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
)
9215 const gdb_byte
*bpoint
;
9216 gdb_byte
*target_mem
;
9217 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
9220 gdb_assert (loc
!= NULL
);
9222 addr
= loc
->address
;
9223 bpoint
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc
->gdbarch
, &addr
, &len
);
9225 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
9229 target_mem
= alloca (len
);
9231 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
9232 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
9233 breakpoints they are permanent. */
9234 cleanup
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
9236 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc
->pspace
);
9237 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
9239 if (target_read_memory (loc
->address
, target_mem
, len
) == 0
9240 && memcmp (target_mem
, bpoint
, len
) == 0)
9243 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
9248 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
9249 settings of the dprintf style options. */
9252 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9254 char *dprintf_args
= b
->extra_string
;
9255 char *printf_line
= NULL
;
9260 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
9262 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
9264 if (*dprintf_args
== ',')
9266 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
9268 if (*dprintf_args
!= '"')
9269 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
9271 if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_gdb
) == 0)
9272 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
9273 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_call
) == 0)
9275 if (!dprintf_function
)
9276 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
9278 if (dprintf_channel
&& strlen (dprintf_channel
) > 0)
9279 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
9284 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
9288 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) == 0)
9290 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
9291 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args
);
9294 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
9295 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
9299 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
9300 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
9302 gdb_assert (printf_line
!= NULL
);
9303 /* Manufacture a printf sequence. */
9305 struct command_line
*printf_cmd_line
9306 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line
));
9308 printf_cmd_line
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line
));
9309 printf_cmd_line
->control_type
= simple_control
;
9310 printf_cmd_line
->body_count
= 0;
9311 printf_cmd_line
->body_list
= NULL
;
9312 printf_cmd_line
->next
= NULL
;
9313 printf_cmd_line
->line
= printf_line
;
9315 breakpoint_set_commands (b
, printf_cmd_line
);
9319 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
9320 current style settings. */
9323 update_dprintf_commands (char *args
, int from_tty
,
9324 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
9326 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9330 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
9331 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
9335 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
9336 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
9337 as condition expression. */
9340 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9341 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char *addr_string
,
9342 char *filter
, char *cond_string
,
9344 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9345 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9346 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9347 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
9348 int display_canonical
)
9352 if (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
9354 int target_resources_ok
;
9356 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9357 target_resources_ok
=
9358 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
9360 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
9361 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
9362 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
9363 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9366 gdb_assert (sals
.nelts
> 0);
9368 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
9370 struct symtab_and_line sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
9371 struct bp_location
*loc
;
9375 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
9377 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
9379 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
9380 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, thread
);
9385 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
9389 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
9390 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
9391 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9392 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9393 b
->disposition
= disposition
;
9395 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
9396 b
->loc
->inserted
= 1;
9398 if (type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
9400 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
9401 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
9403 if (strace_marker_p (b
))
9405 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
9406 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
9407 char *p
= &addr_string
[3];
9411 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
9413 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
9415 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
9416 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= marker_str
;
9418 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9420 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
9422 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal
.pc
, &marker
))
9424 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
9425 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
9427 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9429 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
9432 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
9433 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
9440 loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
9441 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
9445 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc
))
9446 make_breakpoint_permanent (b
);
9450 const char *arg
= b
->cond_string
;
9452 loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
9453 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
9455 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg
);
9458 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
9459 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
9460 if (type
== bp_dprintf
)
9462 if (b
->extra_string
)
9463 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
9465 error (_("Format string required"));
9467 else if (b
->extra_string
)
9468 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b
->extra_string
);
9471 b
->display_canonical
= display_canonical
;
9473 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
9475 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
9478 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
9483 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9484 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char *addr_string
,
9485 char *filter
, char *cond_string
,
9487 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9488 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9489 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9490 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
9491 int display_canonical
)
9493 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9494 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9496 if (is_tracepoint_type (type
))
9498 struct tracepoint
*t
;
9500 t
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
9504 b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
9506 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, b
);
9508 init_breakpoint_sal (b
, gdbarch
,
9510 filter
, cond_string
, extra_string
,
9512 thread
, task
, ignore_count
,
9514 enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9516 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
9518 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 0);
9521 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
9522 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
9523 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
9524 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
9525 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
9526 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
9527 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
9528 we take just a single condition string.
9530 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
9531 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
9532 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
9533 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
9534 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
9537 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9538 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
9539 char *cond_string
, char *extra_string
,
9540 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9541 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9542 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9543 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
)
9546 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
9548 if (canonical
->pre_expanded
)
9549 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
) == 1);
9551 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, i
, lsal
); ++i
)
9553 /* Note that 'addr_string' can be NULL in the case of a plain
9554 'break', without arguments. */
9555 char *addr_string
= (canonical
->addr_string
9556 ? xstrdup (canonical
->addr_string
)
9558 char *filter_string
= lsal
->canonical
? xstrdup (lsal
->canonical
) : NULL
;
9559 struct cleanup
*inner
= make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string
);
9561 make_cleanup (xfree
, filter_string
);
9562 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch
, lsal
->sals
,
9565 cond_string
, extra_string
,
9567 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9568 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9569 canonical
->special_display
);
9570 discard_cleanups (inner
);
9574 /* Parse ADDRESS which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9575 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9576 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
9577 address strings. ADDRESS points to the end of the SAL.
9579 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9580 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9583 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address
,
9584 struct linespec_result
*canonical
)
9586 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
9588 if ((*address
) == NULL
9589 || (strncmp ((*address
), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address
)[2])))
9591 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default breakpoint
9593 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9595 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
9596 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
9599 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
9600 lsal
.sals
.sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
9601 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
9603 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9604 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9605 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9606 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9607 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9608 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal
);
9610 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
9612 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9613 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9614 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9615 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9616 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9618 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
9620 lsal
.sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
9621 lsal
.sals
.nelts
= 1;
9622 lsal
.canonical
= NULL
;
9624 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
9627 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9631 struct symtab_and_line cursal
= get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9633 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9634 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9635 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9636 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9638 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9639 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9640 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
9642 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address
)[0]) != NULL
)
9643 && ((*address
)[1] != '['))))
9644 decode_line_full (address
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
9645 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9646 get_last_displayed_line (),
9647 canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9649 decode_line_full (address
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
9650 cursal
.symtab
, cursal
.line
, canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9655 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9656 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9659 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
9663 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
9664 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
->sals
[i
]);
9667 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9668 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9669 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9670 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9671 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9675 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9676 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
9679 struct symtab_and_line
*sal
;
9681 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9683 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
9685 struct gdbarch
*sarch
;
9687 sal
= &sals
->sals
[i
];
9689 sarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
9690 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9691 associated with SAL. */
9694 rslt
= gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch
, sal
->pc
,
9696 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, msg
);
9699 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
9700 paddress (sarch
, sal
->pc
), (msg
? msg
: ""));
9702 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9706 /* Issue an invalid thread ID error. */
9708 static void ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN
9709 invalid_thread_id_error (int id
)
9711 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), id
);
9714 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9715 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9716 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9717 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9718 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9719 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9722 find_condition_and_thread (const char *tok
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
9723 char **cond_string
, int *thread
, int *task
,
9726 *cond_string
= NULL
;
9733 const char *end_tok
;
9735 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
9736 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
9738 tok
= skip_spaces_const (tok
);
9740 if ((*tok
== '"' || *tok
== ',') && rest
)
9742 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9746 end_tok
= skip_to_space_const (tok
);
9748 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
9750 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
9752 struct expression
*expr
;
9754 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
9755 expr
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, pc
, block_for_pc (pc
), 0);
9758 *cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
9760 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
9765 *thread
= strtol (tok
, &tmptok
, 0);
9767 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9768 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread
))
9769 invalid_thread_id_error (*thread
);
9772 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "task", toklen
) == 0)
9777 *task
= strtol (tok
, &tmptok
, 0);
9779 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9780 if (!valid_task_id (*task
))
9781 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task
);
9786 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9790 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9794 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9796 static struct symtabs_and_lines
9797 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p
)
9799 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
= NULL
;
9800 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
9801 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9802 char *p
= &(*arg_p
)[3];
9807 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
9809 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
9811 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
9812 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, marker_str
);
9814 markers
= target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str
);
9815 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
9816 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str
);
9818 sals
.nelts
= VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
);
9819 sals
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof *sals
.sals
* sals
.nelts
);
9821 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
9823 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*marker
;
9825 marker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, i
);
9827 init_sal (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
9829 sals
.sals
[i
] = find_pc_line (marker
->address
, 0);
9830 sals
.sals
[i
].pc
= marker
->address
;
9832 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker
);
9835 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9841 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
9842 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
9843 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_ARG parameter. If
9844 non-zero, the function will parse ARG, extracting location,
9845 condition, thread and extra string. Otherwise, ARG is just the
9846 breakpoint's location, with condition, thread, and extra string
9847 specified by the COND_STRING, THREAD and EXTRA_STRING parameters.
9848 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be allocated
9849 from the internal breakpoint count. Returns true if any breakpoint
9850 was created; false otherwise. */
9853 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9854 char *arg
, char *cond_string
,
9855 int thread
, char *extra_string
,
9857 int tempflag
, enum bptype type_wanted
,
9859 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
,
9860 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
9861 int from_tty
, int enabled
, int internal
,
9864 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
9865 char *copy_arg
= NULL
;
9866 char *addr_start
= arg
;
9867 struct linespec_result canonical
;
9868 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9869 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
= NULL
;
9872 int prev_bkpt_count
= breakpoint_count
;
9874 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
9876 init_linespec_result (&canonical
);
9878 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
9880 ops
->create_sals_from_address (&arg
, &canonical
, type_wanted
,
9881 addr_start
, ©_arg
);
9884 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
9888 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
))
9894 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR
:
9896 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9899 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
)
9900 throw_exception (e
);
9902 exception_print (gdb_stderr
, e
);
9904 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9905 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9906 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9907 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9908 bptype_string (type_wanted
)))
9911 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9912 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9913 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9914 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9916 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
9918 copy_arg
= xstrdup (addr_start
);
9919 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (copy_arg
);
9920 lsal
.sals
.nelts
= 1;
9921 lsal
.sals
.sals
= XNEW (struct symtab_and_line
);
9922 init_sal (&lsal
.sals
.sals
[0]);
9924 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, &lsal
);
9928 throw_exception (e
);
9932 throw_exception (e
);
9935 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
9936 old_chain
= make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical
);
9938 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
9939 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
9940 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
9941 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
9942 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, 0);
9944 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9945 are ok for the target. */
9949 struct linespec_sals
*iter
;
9951 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, ix
, iter
); ++ix
)
9952 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter
->sals
);
9955 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9956 if (!pending
&& type_wanted
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
9959 struct linespec_sals
*iter
;
9961 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, ix
, iter
); ++ix
)
9962 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch
, &iter
->sals
);
9965 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9966 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9973 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
9975 lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, 0);
9977 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
9978 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
9979 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
9980 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
9982 find_condition_and_thread (arg
, lsal
->sals
.sals
[0].pc
, &cond_string
,
9983 &thread
, &task
, &rest
);
9985 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9987 make_cleanup (xfree
, rest
);
9989 extra_string
= rest
;
9994 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of location"), arg
);
9996 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9999 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
10000 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
10002 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
10005 extra_string
= xstrdup (extra_string
);
10006 make_cleanup (xfree
, extra_string
);
10010 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, &canonical
,
10011 cond_string
, extra_string
, type_wanted
,
10012 tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
,
10013 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
10014 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
);
10018 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10020 make_cleanup (xfree
, copy_arg
);
10022 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted
))
10024 struct tracepoint
*t
;
10026 t
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
10030 b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
10032 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, type_wanted
, ops
);
10034 b
->addr_string
= copy_arg
;
10036 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
10039 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
10042 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
10043 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
10045 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
10047 b
->extra_string
= NULL
;
10048 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
10049 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
10050 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 1;
10051 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
10052 if ((type_wanted
!= bp_breakpoint
10053 && type_wanted
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
) || thread
!= -1)
10054 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
10056 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 0);
10059 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) > 1)
10061 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
10062 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
10063 prev_breakpoint_count
= prev_bkpt_count
;
10066 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
10068 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
10069 /* But cleanup everything else. */
10070 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
10072 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
10073 update_global_location_list (1);
10078 /* Set a breakpoint.
10079 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
10080 condition, and thread.
10081 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
10082 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
10083 and BP_TEMPFLAG. */
10086 break_command_1 (char *arg
, int flag
, int from_tty
)
10088 int tempflag
= flag
& BP_TEMPFLAG
;
10089 enum bptype type_wanted
= (flag
& BP_HARDWAREFLAG
10090 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
10092 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
10093 const char *arg_cp
= arg
;
10095 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
10096 if (arg
&& probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp
) != NULL
)
10097 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
10099 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
10101 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
10103 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
10104 tempflag
, type_wanted
,
10105 0 /* Ignore count */,
10106 pending_break_support
,
10114 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
10117 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
10121 if (sal
->pc
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
10123 if (!find_line_pc (sal
->symtab
, sal
->line
, &pc
))
10124 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
10125 sal
->line
, symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal
->symtab
));
10128 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
10129 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
10130 if (sal
->explicit_line
)
10131 skip_prologue_sal (sal
);
10134 if (sal
->section
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
10136 const struct blockvector
*bv
;
10137 const struct block
*b
;
10138 struct symbol
*sym
;
10140 bv
= blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal
->pc
, 0, &b
, sal
->symtab
);
10143 sym
= block_linkage_function (b
);
10146 fixup_symbol_section (sym
, sal
->symtab
->objfile
);
10147 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sal
->symtab
->objfile
, sym
);
10151 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
10152 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
10153 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
10154 happen in assembly source). */
10156 struct bound_minimal_symbol msym
;
10157 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
10159 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
->pspace
);
10161 msym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal
->pc
);
10163 sal
->section
= MSYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym
.objfile
, msym
.minsym
);
10165 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
10172 break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10174 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
10178 tbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10180 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_TEMPFLAG
, from_tty
);
10184 hbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10186 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_HARDWAREFLAG
, from_tty
);
10190 thbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10192 break_command_1 (arg
, (BP_TEMPFLAG
| BP_HARDWAREFLAG
), from_tty
);
10196 stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10198 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
10199 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
10200 stop at <line>\n"));
10204 stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10208 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
)
10210 else if (*arg
!= '*')
10212 char *argptr
= arg
;
10215 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
10216 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
10217 function/method name. */
10218 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
10220 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
10225 badInput
= (*argptr
!= ':'); /* Not a class::method */
10227 badInput
= isdigit (*arg
); /* a simple line number */
10231 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
10233 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
10237 stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10241 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
|| *arg
== '*') /* no line number */
10245 char *argptr
= arg
;
10248 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
10249 it is probably a line number. */
10250 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
10252 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
10257 badInput
= (*argptr
== ':'); /* we have class::method */
10259 badInput
= !isdigit (*arg
); /* not a line number */
10263 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
10265 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
10268 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
10269 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
10270 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
10274 dprintf_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10276 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
10278 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
10280 0 /* Ignore count */,
10281 pending_break_support
,
10282 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
,
10290 agent_printf_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10292 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
10295 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
10296 ranged breakpoints. */
10299 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10300 struct address_space
*aspace
,
10302 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
10304 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
10305 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
10308 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
10309 bl
->length
, aspace
, bp_addr
);
10312 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10313 ranged breakpoints. */
10316 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10318 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10321 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10322 ranged breakpoints. */
10324 static enum print_stop_action
10325 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs
)
10327 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10328 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10329 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10331 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
10333 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10334 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
10336 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
10337 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
10338 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
10340 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
10341 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10343 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
10344 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
10345 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
10347 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
10348 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
10350 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
10353 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
10354 ranged breakpoints. */
10357 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
10358 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
10360 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10361 struct value_print_options opts
;
10362 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10364 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10365 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
10367 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
10369 if (opts
.addressprint
)
10370 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
10371 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
10372 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
10373 annotate_field (5);
10374 print_breakpoint_location (b
, bl
);
10378 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10379 ranged breakpoints. */
10382 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
10383 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
10385 CORE_ADDR address_start
, address_end
;
10386 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10387 struct ui_file
*stb
= mem_fileopen ();
10388 struct cleanup
*cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
10392 address_start
= bl
->address
;
10393 address_end
= address_start
+ bl
->length
- 1;
10395 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\taddress range: ");
10396 fprintf_unfiltered (stb
, "[%s, %s]",
10397 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_start
),
10398 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_end
));
10399 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "addr", stb
);
10400 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10402 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
10405 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10406 ranged breakpoints. */
10409 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10411 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10412 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10415 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
10417 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10420 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
10421 b
->number
, paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
10422 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
+ bl
->length
- 1));
10425 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10426 ranged breakpoints. */
10429 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10431 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break-range %s, %s", b
->addr_string
,
10432 b
->addr_string_range_end
);
10433 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10436 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
10438 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
10440 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
10441 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
10442 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
10443 last instruction of the given line. */
10446 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
10450 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
10451 find the address of the end of the given location. */
10452 if (sal
.explicit_pc
)
10459 ret
= find_line_pc_range (sal
, &start
, &end
);
10461 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10463 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
10470 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
10473 break_range_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10475 char *arg_start
, *addr_string_start
, *addr_string_end
;
10476 struct linespec_result canonical_start
, canonical_end
;
10477 int bp_count
, can_use_bp
, length
;
10479 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10480 struct symtab_and_line sal_start
, sal_end
;
10481 struct cleanup
*cleanup_bkpt
;
10482 struct linespec_sals
*lsal_start
, *lsal_end
;
10484 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
10485 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
10486 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
10488 bp_count
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
10489 bp_count
+= target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10490 can_use_bp
= target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
10492 if (can_use_bp
< 0)
10493 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
10495 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10496 if (arg
== NULL
|| arg
[0] == '\0')
10497 error(_("No address range specified."));
10499 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start
);
10502 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg
, &canonical_start
);
10504 cleanup_bkpt
= make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_start
);
10507 error (_("Too few arguments."));
10508 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
))
10509 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
10511 lsal_start
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
, 0);
10513 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
) > 1
10514 || lsal_start
->sals
.nelts
!= 1)
10515 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10517 sal_start
= lsal_start
->sals
.sals
[0];
10518 addr_string_start
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
10519 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string_start
);
10521 arg
++; /* Skip the comma. */
10522 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10524 /* Parse the end location. */
10526 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end
);
10529 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
10530 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
10531 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
10532 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
10533 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
10534 decode_line_full (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
10535 sal_start
.symtab
, sal_start
.line
,
10536 &canonical_end
, NULL
, NULL
);
10538 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_end
);
10540 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
))
10541 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10543 lsal_end
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
, 0);
10544 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
) > 1
10545 || lsal_end
->sals
.nelts
!= 1)
10546 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10548 sal_end
= lsal_end
->sals
.sals
[0];
10549 addr_string_end
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
10550 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string_end
);
10552 end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end
);
10553 if (sal_start
.pc
> end
)
10554 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
10556 length
= end
- sal_start
.pc
+ 1;
10558 /* Length overflowed. */
10559 error (_("Address range too large."));
10560 else if (length
== 1)
10562 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
10563 the `hbreak' command. */
10564 hbreak_command (addr_string_start
, 1);
10566 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
10571 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10572 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start
,
10573 bp_hardware_breakpoint
, &ranged_breakpoint_ops
);
10574 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
10575 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
10576 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
10577 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (addr_string_start
);
10578 b
->addr_string_range_end
= xstrdup (addr_string_end
);
10579 b
->loc
->length
= length
;
10581 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
10584 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
10585 update_global_location_list (1);
10588 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
10589 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
10590 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
10594 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression
*exp
)
10596 int i
= exp
->nelts
;
10602 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
10603 operator_length (exp
, i
, &oplenp
, &argsp
);
10606 switch (exp
->elts
[i
].opcode
)
10616 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND
:
10617 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR
:
10618 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND
:
10619 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR
:
10620 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR
:
10622 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL
:
10649 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING
:
10652 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT
:
10653 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT
:
10658 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE
:
10659 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST
:
10660 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST
:
10661 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10662 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10663 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10664 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10666 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10667 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10672 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10674 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10675 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10676 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10677 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10679 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10680 are always constant. */
10682 struct symbol
*s
= exp
->elts
[i
+ 2].symbol
;
10684 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_BLOCK
10685 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST
10686 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST_BYTES
)
10691 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10692 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10693 then it is not a constant. */
10702 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10705 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*self
)
10707 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) self
;
10709 xfree (w
->cond_exp
);
10711 xfree (w
->exp_string
);
10712 xfree (w
->exp_string_reparse
);
10713 value_free (w
->val
);
10715 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (self
);
10718 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10721 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10723 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10725 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10726 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10728 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10729 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10730 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10731 are loaded and unloaded.
10733 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10734 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10735 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10736 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10737 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10738 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10740 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10741 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10742 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10743 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10745 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10746 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10748 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10749 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10750 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
10753 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10756 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10758 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10759 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10761 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10765 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10768 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10770 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10771 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10773 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10778 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10779 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
10780 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
10782 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
10783 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10785 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10786 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10787 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10788 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10789 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10790 (did not match the data address). */
10791 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
10792 && w
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_no
)
10799 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10801 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
));
10803 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs
);
10806 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10807 hardware watchpoints. */
10810 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10812 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10813 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10815 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
);
10818 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10819 hardware watchpoints. */
10822 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10824 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10825 return b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
|| b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
10828 static enum print_stop_action
10829 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10831 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
10832 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10833 struct ui_file
*stb
;
10834 enum print_stop_action result
;
10835 struct watchpoint
*w
;
10836 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10838 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
10840 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10841 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10843 stb
= mem_fileopen ();
10844 old_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
10848 case bp_watchpoint
:
10849 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10850 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10851 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10852 ui_out_field_string
10854 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10856 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10857 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
10858 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
);
10859 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
10860 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
10861 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10862 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
10863 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10864 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10865 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10868 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10869 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10870 ui_out_field_string
10872 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10874 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10875 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
10876 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10877 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "value", stb
);
10878 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10879 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10882 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10883 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
10885 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10886 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10887 ui_out_field_string
10889 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10891 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10892 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
10893 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
);
10894 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
10895 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
10900 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10901 ui_out_field_string
10903 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10904 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10905 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
10907 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10908 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
10909 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10910 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10913 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10916 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
10920 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10924 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10926 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
10927 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10928 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10932 case bp_watchpoint
:
10933 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Watchpoint ");
10934 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
10936 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10937 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware watchpoint ");
10938 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
10940 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10941 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
10942 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
10944 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10945 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10946 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
10949 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10950 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10953 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
10954 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
10955 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", w
->exp_string
);
10956 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
10959 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10963 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10965 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10969 case bp_watchpoint
:
10970 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10971 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10973 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10974 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10976 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10977 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10980 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10981 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10984 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", w
->exp_string
);
10985 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10988 /* Implement the "explains_signal" breakpoint_ops method for
10992 explains_signal_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
10994 /* A software watchpoint cannot cause a signal other than
10995 GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP. */
10996 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
11002 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
11004 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
11006 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
11007 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11010 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
11012 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
11014 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
11015 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
11018 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
11019 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11022 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
11024 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
11026 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
11027 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
11030 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
11031 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11034 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
11036 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
11038 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
11041 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
11042 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11045 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
11050 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
11051 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11053 static enum print_stop_action
11054 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
11056 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
11057 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
11059 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
11060 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
11064 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
11065 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
11066 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
11067 ui_out_field_string
11069 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
11072 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
11073 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
11074 ui_out_field_string
11076 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
11079 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
11080 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
11081 ui_out_field_string
11083 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
11086 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
11087 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11091 ui_out_text (uiout
, _("\n\
11092 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
11093 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
11094 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
11096 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
11097 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
11100 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
11101 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11104 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
11105 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
11107 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
11109 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
11110 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
11112 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tmask ");
11113 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "mask", b
->loc
->gdbarch
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
11114 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
11117 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
11118 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11121 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
11123 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
11124 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
11125 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
11129 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
11130 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
11131 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
11133 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
11134 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
11135 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
11137 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
11138 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
11139 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
11142 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
11143 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11146 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
11147 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
11148 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", w
->exp_string
);
11149 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
11152 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
11153 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11156 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
11158 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
11163 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
11164 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
11166 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
11167 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
11169 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
11170 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
11173 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
11174 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11177 sprintf_vma (tmp
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
11178 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s mask 0x%s", w
->exp_string
, tmp
);
11179 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
11182 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
11184 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
11186 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
11189 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
11191 return b
->ops
== &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
11194 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
11195 hw_read: watch read,
11196 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
11198 watch_command_1 (const char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
,
11199 int just_location
, int internal
)
11201 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
11202 struct breakpoint
*b
, *scope_breakpoint
= NULL
;
11203 struct expression
*exp
;
11204 const struct block
*exp_valid_block
= NULL
, *cond_exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
11205 struct value
*val
, *mark
, *result
;
11206 struct frame_info
*frame
;
11207 const char *exp_start
= NULL
;
11208 const char *exp_end
= NULL
;
11209 const char *tok
, *end_tok
;
11211 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
11212 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
11213 enum bptype bp_type
;
11216 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
11217 the hardware watchpoint. */
11219 CORE_ADDR mask
= 0;
11220 struct watchpoint
*w
;
11222 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
11224 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
11225 if (arg
!= NULL
&& arg
[0] != '\0')
11227 const char *value_start
;
11229 exp_end
= arg
+ strlen (arg
);
11231 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
11232 of the arguments string. */
11233 for (tok
= exp_end
- 1; tok
> arg
; tok
--)
11235 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
11236 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
11239 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
11240 This is the value of the parameter. */
11241 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
11243 value_start
= tok
+ 1;
11245 /* Skip whitespace. */
11246 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
11251 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
11252 This is the parameter itself. */
11253 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
11256 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
+ 1;
11258 if (toklen
== 6 && !strncmp (tok
, "thread", 6))
11260 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
11261 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
11262 only in a specific thread. */
11266 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
11268 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
11269 thread
= strtol (value_start
, &endp
, 0);
11271 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
11273 if (*endp
!= ' ' && *endp
!= '\t' && *endp
!= '\0')
11274 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start
);
11276 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
11277 if (!valid_thread_id (thread
))
11278 invalid_thread_id_error (thread
);
11280 else if (toklen
== 4 && !strncmp (tok
, "mask", 4))
11282 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
11283 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
11285 struct value
*mask_value
, *mark
;
11288 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
11290 use_mask
= just_location
= 1;
11292 mark
= value_mark ();
11293 mask_value
= parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start
);
11294 mask
= value_as_address (mask_value
);
11295 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11298 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
11301 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
11302 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
11309 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. From here on out, everything
11310 is in terms of a newly allocated string instead of the original
11312 innermost_block
= NULL
;
11313 expression
= savestring (arg
, exp_end
- arg
);
11314 back_to
= make_cleanup (xfree
, expression
);
11315 exp_start
= arg
= expression
;
11316 exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
11318 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
11319 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
11321 while (exp_end
> exp_start
&& (exp_end
[-1] == ' ' || exp_end
[-1] == '\t'))
11324 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
11325 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp
))
11329 len
= exp_end
- exp_start
;
11330 while (len
> 0 && isspace (exp_start
[len
- 1]))
11332 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len
, exp_start
);
11335 exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
11336 mark
= value_mark ();
11337 fetch_subexp_value (exp
, &pc
, &val
, &result
, NULL
, just_location
);
11343 exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
11344 val
= value_addr (result
);
11345 release_value (val
);
11346 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11350 ret
= target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val
),
11353 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
11354 else if (ret
== -2)
11355 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
11358 else if (val
!= NULL
)
11359 release_value (val
);
11361 tok
= skip_spaces_const (arg
);
11362 end_tok
= skip_to_space_const (tok
);
11364 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
11365 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
11367 struct expression
*cond
;
11369 innermost_block
= NULL
;
11370 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
11371 cond
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, 0, 0, 0);
11373 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
11374 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
11375 cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
11381 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
11383 frame
= block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block
);
11385 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
11386 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
11387 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
11388 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
11389 if (exp_valid_block
&& frame
)
11391 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
)))
11394 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
11395 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
),
11396 bp_watchpoint_scope
,
11397 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
11399 scope_breakpoint
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
11401 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
11402 scope_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del
;
11404 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
11405 scope_breakpoint
->frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
11407 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
11408 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
11409 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
);
11410 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
11411 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
11412 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->address
11413 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
,
11414 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
,
11415 scope_breakpoint
->type
);
11419 /* Now set up the breakpoint. We create all watchpoints as hardware
11420 watchpoints here even if hardware watchpoints are turned off, a call
11421 to update_watchpoint later in this function will cause the type to
11422 drop back to bp_watchpoint (software watchpoint) if required. */
11424 if (accessflag
== hw_read
)
11425 bp_type
= bp_read_watchpoint
;
11426 else if (accessflag
== hw_access
)
11427 bp_type
= bp_access_watchpoint
;
11429 bp_type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
11431 w
= XCNEW (struct watchpoint
);
11434 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, NULL
, bp_type
,
11435 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
11437 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, NULL
, bp_type
,
11438 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
11439 b
->thread
= thread
;
11440 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
11441 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
11443 w
->exp_valid_block
= exp_valid_block
;
11444 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= cond_exp_valid_block
;
11447 struct type
*t
= value_type (val
);
11448 CORE_ADDR addr
= value_as_address (val
);
11451 t
= check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t
)));
11452 name
= type_to_string (t
);
11454 w
->exp_string_reparse
= xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name
,
11455 core_addr_to_string (addr
));
11458 w
->exp_string
= xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
11459 (int) (exp_end
- exp_start
), exp_start
);
11461 /* The above expression is in C. */
11462 b
->language
= language_c
;
11465 w
->exp_string
= savestring (exp_start
, exp_end
- exp_start
);
11469 w
->hw_wp_mask
= mask
;
11478 b
->cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
11480 b
->cond_string
= 0;
11484 w
->watchpoint_frame
= get_frame_id (frame
);
11485 w
->watchpoint_thread
= inferior_ptid
;
11489 w
->watchpoint_frame
= null_frame_id
;
11490 w
->watchpoint_thread
= null_ptid
;
11493 if (scope_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
11495 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
11496 need to act on them together. */
11497 b
->related_breakpoint
= scope_breakpoint
;
11498 scope_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
11501 if (!just_location
)
11502 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11504 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
11506 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
11507 that should be inserted. */
11508 update_watchpoint (w
, 1);
11512 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11513 throw_exception (e
);
11516 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 1);
11517 do_cleanups (back_to
);
11520 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
11521 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
11524 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*v
)
11526 int found_memory_cnt
= 0;
11527 struct value
*head
= v
;
11529 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
11530 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
11533 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
11534 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
11535 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
11536 hardware watchpoint.
11538 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
11539 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
11540 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
11541 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
11542 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
11543 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
11544 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
11545 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
11546 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
11548 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
11549 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
11550 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
11551 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
11552 for (; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
11554 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
)
11556 if (v
!= head
&& value_lazy (v
))
11557 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
11558 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
11559 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
11560 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
11561 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
11565 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
11566 it with hardware watchpoints. */
11567 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
11569 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
11570 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
11571 middle of some value chain. */
11573 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
11574 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
11576 CORE_ADDR vaddr
= value_address (v
);
11580 len
= (target_exact_watchpoints
11581 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype
))?
11582 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
11584 num_regs
= target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr
, len
);
11588 found_memory_cnt
+= num_regs
;
11592 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) != not_lval
11593 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v
) == 0)
11594 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
11595 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_register
)
11596 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
11599 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
11600 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
11601 return found_memory_cnt
;
11605 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11607 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11610 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
11611 calls watch_command_1. */
11614 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
)
11616 int just_location
= 0;
11619 && (check_for_argument (&arg
, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
11620 || check_for_argument (&arg
, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
11622 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11626 watch_command_1 (arg
, accessflag
, from_tty
, just_location
, 0);
11630 watch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11632 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
);
11636 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11638 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11642 rwatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11644 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
);
11648 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11650 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11654 awatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11656 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
);
11660 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
11661 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
11663 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
11665 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
11666 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
;
11670 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
11671 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
11672 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
11675 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg
, int err
)
11677 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*a
= arg
;
11679 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint
);
11680 if (a
->breakpoint2
)
11681 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint2
);
11682 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a
->thread_num
);
11686 until_break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int anywhere
)
11688 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
11689 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
11690 struct frame_info
*frame
;
11691 struct gdbarch
*frame_gdbarch
;
11692 struct frame_id stack_frame_id
;
11693 struct frame_id caller_frame_id
;
11694 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
11695 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
= NULL
;
11696 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
11698 struct thread_info
*tp
;
11700 clear_proceed_status (0);
11702 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11705 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
11706 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
11707 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11708 get_last_displayed_line ());
11710 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
11711 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0);
11713 if (sals
.nelts
!= 1)
11714 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11716 sal
= sals
.sals
[0];
11717 xfree (sals
.sals
); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
11720 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11722 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
11724 tp
= inferior_thread ();
11727 old_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
11729 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11730 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11731 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11734 frame
= get_selected_frame (NULL
);
11735 frame_gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
11736 stack_frame_id
= get_stack_frame_id (frame
);
11737 caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
11739 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11742 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
11744 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
11746 sal2
= find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
), 0);
11747 sal2
.pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
11748 breakpoint2
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
11752 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2
);
11754 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp
, caller_frame_id
);
11755 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup
, &thread
);
11758 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11762 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11763 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11764 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11765 null_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11767 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11768 only at the very same frame. */
11769 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11770 stack_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11771 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint
);
11773 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT
, 0);
11775 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
11776 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
11777 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
11778 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
11780 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid
))
11782 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*args
;
11783 args
= xmalloc (sizeof (*args
));
11785 args
->breakpoint
= breakpoint
;
11786 args
->breakpoint2
= breakpoint2
;
11787 args
->thread_num
= thread
;
11789 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
11790 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
11791 until_break_command_continuation
, args
,
11795 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
11798 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11799 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11801 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11802 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11803 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11804 if clause in the arg string. */
11807 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg
)
11811 if (((*arg
)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg
)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg
)[2]))
11814 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11817 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11818 condition string. */
11819 *arg
= skip_spaces (*arg
);
11820 cond_string
= *arg
;
11822 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11824 (*arg
) += strlen (cond_string
);
11826 return cond_string
;
11829 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11830 process start/exit, etc. */
11834 catch_fork_temporary
, catch_vfork_temporary
,
11835 catch_fork_permanent
, catch_vfork_permanent
11840 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11841 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11843 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11844 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11845 catch_fork_kind fork_kind
;
11848 fork_kind
= (catch_fork_kind
) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command
);
11849 tempflag
= (fork_kind
== catch_fork_temporary
11850 || fork_kind
== catch_vfork_temporary
);
11854 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11856 /* The allowed syntax is:
11858 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11860 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11861 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11863 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11864 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11866 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11867 and enable reporting of such events. */
11870 case catch_fork_temporary
:
11871 case catch_fork_permanent
:
11872 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11873 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
);
11875 case catch_vfork_temporary
:
11876 case catch_vfork_permanent
:
11877 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11878 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
);
11881 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11887 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11888 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11890 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
;
11891 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11893 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11895 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11899 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11901 /* The allowed syntax is:
11903 catch exec if <cond>
11905 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11906 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11908 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11909 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11911 c
= XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint
);
11912 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11913 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
);
11914 c
->exec_pathname
= NULL
;
11916 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
11920 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
11921 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
11922 struct symtab_and_line sal
,
11924 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
11931 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
11933 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
11935 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
11936 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, -1);
11937 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11938 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11939 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11940 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11941 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11942 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11943 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11944 enough for now, though. */
11947 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_breakpoint
, ops
);
11949 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
11950 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
11951 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
11952 b
->language
= language_ada
;
11955 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
11956 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
11958 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg
)
11960 VEC(int) *result
= NULL
;
11961 struct cleanup
*cleanup
= make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (int), &result
);
11963 while (*arg
!= '\0')
11965 int i
, syscall_number
;
11967 char cur_name
[128];
11970 /* Skip whitespace. */
11971 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11973 for (i
= 0; i
< 127 && arg
[i
] && !isspace (arg
[i
]); ++i
)
11974 cur_name
[i
] = arg
[i
];
11975 cur_name
[i
] = '\0';
11978 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
11979 syscall_number
= (int) strtol (cur_name
, &endptr
, 0);
11980 if (*endptr
== '\0')
11981 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number
, &s
);
11984 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
11986 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name
, &s
);
11988 if (s
.number
== UNKNOWN_SYSCALL
)
11989 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning,
11990 because GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no
11991 syscall number to be caught. */
11992 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name
);
11995 /* Ok, it's valid. */
11996 VEC_safe_push (int, result
, s
.number
);
11999 discard_cleanups (cleanup
);
12003 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
12006 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
12007 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
12012 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
12014 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
12015 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch
) == 0)
12016 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
12017 this architecture yet."));
12019 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
12021 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
12023 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
12024 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
12025 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
12026 for his/her architecture. */
12027 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s
);
12029 /* The allowed syntax is:
12031 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
12033 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
12036 filter
= catch_syscall_split_args (arg
);
12040 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag
, filter
,
12041 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
12045 catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
12047 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
12052 tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
12054 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
12057 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
12060 compare_breakpoints (const void *a
, const void *b
)
12062 const breakpoint_p
*ba
= a
;
12063 uintptr_t ua
= (uintptr_t) *ba
;
12064 const breakpoint_p
*bb
= b
;
12065 uintptr_t ub
= (uintptr_t) *bb
;
12067 if ((*ba
)->number
< (*bb
)->number
)
12069 else if ((*ba
)->number
> (*bb
)->number
)
12072 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
12076 return ua
> ub
? 1 : 0;
12079 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
12082 clear_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
12084 struct breakpoint
*b
, *prev
;
12085 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
12088 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
12089 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
12091 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
12095 sals
= decode_line_with_current_source (arg
,
12096 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
12097 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE
));
12098 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
12103 sals
.sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
12104 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
12105 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
12106 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
12108 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
12109 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
12110 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
12111 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal
);
12112 if (sal
.symtab
== 0)
12113 error (_("No source file specified."));
12115 sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
12121 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
12122 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
12123 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
12124 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
12126 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
12127 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
12128 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
12129 due to optimization, all in one block.
12131 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
12132 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
12133 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
12134 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
12135 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
12136 to support that. */
12138 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
12139 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
12140 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
12144 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p
), &found
);
12145 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
12147 const char *sal_fullname
;
12149 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
12150 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
12151 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
12154 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
12159 1 0 <can't happen> */
12161 sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
12162 sal_fullname
= (sal
.symtab
== NULL
12163 ? NULL
: symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
));
12165 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
12166 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12169 /* Are we going to delete b? */
12170 if (b
->type
!= bp_none
&& !is_watchpoint (b
))
12172 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
12173 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12175 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
12176 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
12177 int pc_match
= (!sal
.explicit_line
12179 && (loc
->pspace
== sal
.pspace
)
12180 && (loc
->address
== sal
.pc
)
12181 && (!section_is_overlay (loc
->section
)
12182 || loc
->section
== sal
.section
));
12183 int line_match
= 0;
12185 if ((default_match
|| sal
.explicit_line
)
12186 && loc
->symtab
!= NULL
12187 && sal_fullname
!= NULL
12188 && sal
.pspace
== loc
->pspace
12189 && loc
->line_number
== sal
.line
12190 && filename_cmp (symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
),
12191 sal_fullname
) == 0)
12194 if (pc_match
|| line_match
)
12203 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
12207 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
12208 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p
, found
))
12211 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg
);
12213 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
12216 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
12217 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p
, found
),
12218 VEC_length (breakpoint_p
, found
),
12219 sizeof (breakpoint_p
),
12220 compare_breakpoints
);
12221 prev
= VEC_index (breakpoint_p
, found
, 0);
12222 for (ix
= 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ++ix
)
12226 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
);
12231 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) > 1)
12232 from_tty
= 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
12235 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) == 1)
12236 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
12238 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
12241 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ix
++)
12244 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b
->number
);
12245 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12248 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
12250 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
12253 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
12254 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
12255 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
12258 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs
)
12260 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
12262 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
12263 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
12264 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->disposition
== disp_del
12266 delete_breakpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
);
12268 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
12270 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
12271 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12275 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
12276 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
12277 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
12278 secondarily by ordering first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and
12279 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
12280 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
12283 bp_location_compare (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
12285 struct bp_location
*a
= *(void **) ap
;
12286 struct bp_location
*b
= *(void **) bp
;
12287 /* A and B come from existing breakpoints having non-NULL OWNER. */
12288 int a_perm
= a
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
;
12289 int b_perm
= b
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
;
12291 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
12292 return (a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
);
12294 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
12295 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
12298 if (a
->pspace
->num
!= b
->pspace
->num
)
12299 return ((a
->pspace
->num
> b
->pspace
->num
)
12300 - (a
->pspace
->num
< b
->pspace
->num
));
12302 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
12303 if (a_perm
!= b_perm
)
12304 return (a_perm
< b_perm
) - (a_perm
> b_perm
);
12306 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
12307 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
12308 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
12310 if (a
->owner
->number
!= b
->owner
->number
)
12311 return ((a
->owner
->number
> b
->owner
->number
)
12312 - (a
->owner
->number
< b
->owner
->number
));
12314 return (a
> b
) - (a
< b
);
12317 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
12318 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
12319 content of the bp_location array. */
12322 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
12324 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
12326 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= 0;
12327 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= 0;
12329 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
12331 CORE_ADDR start
, end
, addr
;
12333 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
12336 start
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
12337 end
= start
+ bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
12339 gdb_assert (bl
->address
>= start
);
12340 addr
= bl
->address
- start
;
12341 if (addr
> bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
)
12342 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= addr
;
12344 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
12346 gdb_assert (bl
->address
< end
);
12347 addr
= end
- bl
->address
;
12348 if (addr
> bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
)
12349 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= addr
;
12353 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
12356 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
12358 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12359 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
12361 if (!target_can_download_tracepoint ())
12364 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
12366 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
12368 struct bp_location
*bl
;
12369 struct tracepoint
*t
;
12370 int bp_location_downloaded
= 0;
12372 if ((b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
12373 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
12374 : !may_insert_tracepoints
))
12377 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
12379 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
12380 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
12381 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
12382 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || bl
->inserted
)
12385 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
12387 target_download_tracepoint (bl
);
12390 bp_location_downloaded
= 1;
12392 t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
12393 t
->number_on_target
= b
->number
;
12394 if (bp_location_downloaded
)
12395 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
12398 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
12401 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
12404 swap_insertion (struct bp_location
*left
, struct bp_location
*right
)
12406 const int left_inserted
= left
->inserted
;
12407 const int left_duplicate
= left
->duplicate
;
12408 const int left_needs_update
= left
->needs_update
;
12409 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info
= left
->target_info
;
12411 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
12412 if (is_tracepoint (left
->owner
))
12413 gdb_assert (!left
->duplicate
);
12414 if (is_tracepoint (right
->owner
))
12415 gdb_assert (!right
->duplicate
);
12417 left
->inserted
= right
->inserted
;
12418 left
->duplicate
= right
->duplicate
;
12419 left
->needs_update
= right
->needs_update
;
12420 left
->target_info
= right
->target_info
;
12421 right
->inserted
= left_inserted
;
12422 right
->duplicate
= left_duplicate
;
12423 right
->needs_update
= left_needs_update
;
12424 right
->target_info
= left_target_info
;
12427 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
12428 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
12429 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
12433 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12435 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
12436 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12437 CORE_ADDR address
= 0;
12440 address
= bl
->address
;
12441 pspace_num
= bl
->pspace
->num
;
12443 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
12444 evaluating conditions and if the user has
12445 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
12447 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
12448 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
12451 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
12452 the same program space as the location
12453 as "its condition has changed". We need to
12454 update the conditions on the target's side. */
12455 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, address
)
12459 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
12460 || pspace_num
!= loc
->pspace
->num
)
12463 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
12464 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
12465 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
12466 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
12467 that have already been marked. */
12468 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_updated
;
12470 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
12472 if (loc
->cond_bytecode
)
12474 free_agent_expr (loc
->cond_bytecode
);
12475 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
12480 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
12481 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
12482 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
12483 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
12484 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
12485 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
12486 returns true on them.
12488 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
12489 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
12490 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
12491 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
12492 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
12493 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
12496 update_global_location_list (int should_insert
)
12498 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12499 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
12500 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
12501 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
12502 CORE_ADDR last_addr
= 0;
12503 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
12504 int last_pspace_num
= -1;
12506 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
12507 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
12508 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
12509 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
12510 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
12512 struct bp_location
*bp_loc_first
; /* breakpoint */
12513 struct bp_location
*wp_loc_first
; /* hardware watchpoint */
12514 struct bp_location
*awp_loc_first
; /* access watchpoint */
12515 struct bp_location
*rwp_loc_first
; /* read watchpoint */
12517 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
12518 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
12519 struct bp_location
**old_location
, **old_locp
;
12520 unsigned old_location_count
;
12522 old_location
= bp_location
;
12523 old_location_count
= bp_location_count
;
12524 bp_location
= NULL
;
12525 bp_location_count
= 0;
12526 cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, old_location
);
12528 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12529 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12530 bp_location_count
++;
12532 bp_location
= xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location
) * bp_location_count
);
12533 locp
= bp_location
;
12534 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12535 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12537 qsort (bp_location
, bp_location_count
, sizeof (*bp_location
),
12538 bp_location_compare
);
12540 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
12542 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
12543 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
12544 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
12545 if there's another location at the same address (previously
12546 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
12549 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
12550 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
12552 locp
= bp_location
;
12553 for (old_locp
= old_location
; old_locp
< old_location
+ old_location_count
;
12556 struct bp_location
*old_loc
= *old_locp
;
12557 struct bp_location
**loc2p
;
12559 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
12560 not, we have to free it. */
12561 int found_object
= 0;
12562 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
12563 int keep_in_target
= 0;
12566 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
12567 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
12568 while (locp
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12569 && (*locp
)->address
< old_loc
->address
)
12573 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12574 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
12577 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
12578 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
12579 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
12581 if ((*loc2p
)->condition_changed
== condition_modified
12582 && (last_addr
!= old_loc
->address
12583 || last_pspace_num
!= old_loc
->pspace
->num
))
12585 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p
);
12586 last_pspace_num
= old_loc
->pspace
->num
;
12589 if (*loc2p
== old_loc
)
12593 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
12594 have to go through updates again. */
12595 last_addr
= old_loc
->address
;
12597 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
12599 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc
);
12601 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
12602 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
12603 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
12604 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
12605 at certain location is not inserted. */
12607 if (old_loc
->inserted
)
12609 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
12612 if (found_object
&& should_be_inserted (old_loc
))
12614 /* The location is still present in the location list,
12615 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
12616 keep_in_target
= 1;
12620 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
12621 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
12622 remove its target-side condition. */
12624 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
12625 disabled. See if there's another location at the
12626 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
12627 this one from the target. */
12629 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
12630 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
))
12633 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12634 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
12637 struct bp_location
*loc2
= *loc2p
;
12639 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2
, old_loc
))
12641 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
12642 access watchpoints, if the former are not
12643 supported, but the latter are. */
12644 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
12646 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
));
12647 loc2
->watchpoint_type
= old_loc
->watchpoint_type
;
12650 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
12651 if it should be inserted in case it will be
12653 if (loc2
!= old_loc
12654 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2
))
12656 swap_insertion (old_loc
, loc2
);
12657 keep_in_target
= 1;
12665 if (!keep_in_target
)
12667 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc
, mark_uninserted
))
12669 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
12670 this location on the global list, and try to
12671 remove it next time, but there's no particular
12672 reason why we will succeed next time.
12674 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
12675 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
12676 only after calling us. */
12677 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
12678 "breakpoint %d\n"),
12679 old_loc
->owner
->number
);
12687 if (removed
&& non_stop
12688 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
)
12689 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
12691 /* This location was removed from the target. In
12692 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
12693 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
12694 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
12695 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
12696 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
12697 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
12698 after we see some number of events. The theory here
12699 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
12700 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
12701 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
12702 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
12703 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
12704 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
12707 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
12708 decr_pc_after_break targets.
12710 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
12711 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12712 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12713 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12714 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12715 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12716 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12717 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12718 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12719 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12720 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12721 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12722 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12725 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12726 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12727 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12728 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12730 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12731 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12732 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12733 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12734 traps we can no longer explain. */
12736 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
= 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12737 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12739 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, old_loc
);
12743 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12744 decref_bp_location (&old_loc
);
12749 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12750 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12751 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12752 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12753 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12754 are sorted first for the same address.
12756 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12757 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12759 bp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12760 wp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12761 awp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12762 rwp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12763 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
12765 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12767 struct bp_location
**loc_first_p
;
12770 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc
)
12771 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b
)
12772 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12773 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12774 `struct bp_location'. */
12775 || is_tracepoint (b
))
12777 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12778 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12782 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
12783 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
&& ! loc
->inserted
)
12784 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12785 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
12786 "actually inserted"));
12788 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
12789 loc_first_p
= &wp_loc_first
;
12790 else if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
12791 loc_first_p
= &rwp_loc_first
;
12792 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
12793 loc_first_p
= &awp_loc_first
;
12795 loc_first_p
= &bp_loc_first
;
12797 if (*loc_first_p
== NULL
12798 || (overlay_debugging
&& loc
->section
!= (*loc_first_p
)->section
)
12799 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc
, *loc_first_p
))
12801 *loc_first_p
= loc
;
12802 loc
->duplicate
= 0;
12804 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->condition_changed
)
12806 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
12807 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12808 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12814 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12815 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12816 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12818 swap_insertion (loc
, *loc_first_p
);
12819 loc
->duplicate
= 1;
12821 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12822 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12824 if ((*loc_first_p
)->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
&& loc
->inserted
12825 && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
12826 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12827 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
12828 "a permanent breakpoint"));
12831 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ()
12832 && (have_live_inferiors ()
12833 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))))
12836 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12839 /* Though should_insert is false, we may need to update conditions
12840 on the target's side if it is evaluating such conditions. We
12841 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12843 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12848 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12850 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
12854 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12856 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12859 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
12860 if (--(loc
->events_till_retirement
) == 0)
12862 decref_bp_location (&loc
);
12863 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
);
12869 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting
)
12871 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
12873 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
12874 update_global_location_list (inserting
);
12877 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12880 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps
, struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
12884 for (bs
= bps
; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
12885 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== bpt
)
12887 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
12888 bs
->old_val
= NULL
;
12889 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12893 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12895 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info
*th
, void *data
)
12897 struct breakpoint
*bpt
= data
;
12899 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th
->control
.stop_bpstat
, bpt
);
12903 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12907 say_where (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12909 struct value_print_options opts
;
12911 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
12913 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12915 if (b
->loc
== NULL
)
12917 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b
->addr_string
);
12921 if (opts
.addressprint
|| b
->loc
->symtab
== NULL
)
12923 printf_filtered (" at ");
12924 fputs_filtered (paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
),
12927 if (b
->loc
->symtab
!= NULL
)
12929 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12931 if (b
->loc
->next
== NULL
)
12932 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
12933 symtab_to_filename_for_display (b
->loc
->symtab
),
12934 b
->loc
->line_number
);
12936 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12937 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12938 real situation somewhat. */
12939 printf_filtered (": %s.", b
->addr_string
);
12944 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
12946 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12948 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n
);
12953 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
12956 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location
*self
)
12958 xfree (self
->cond
);
12959 if (self
->cond_bytecode
)
12960 free_agent_expr (self
->cond_bytecode
);
12961 xfree (self
->function_name
);
12963 VEC_free (agent_expr_p
, self
->target_info
.conditions
);
12964 VEC_free (agent_expr_p
, self
->target_info
.tcommands
);
12967 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops
=
12972 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
12976 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint
*self
)
12978 decref_counted_command_line (&self
->commands
);
12979 xfree (self
->cond_string
);
12980 xfree (self
->extra_string
);
12981 xfree (self
->addr_string
);
12982 xfree (self
->filter
);
12983 xfree (self
->addr_string_range_end
);
12986 static struct bp_location
*
12987 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint
*self
)
12989 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12991 loc
= XNEW (struct bp_location
);
12992 init_bp_location (loc
, &bp_location_ops
, self
);
12997 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12999 /* Nothing to re-set. */
13002 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
13003 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
13006 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13008 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13012 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13014 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13018 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
13019 struct address_space
*aspace
,
13021 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
13023 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13027 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs
)
13032 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
13036 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
13038 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13041 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
13045 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
13047 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13050 static enum print_stop_action
13051 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13053 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13057 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
13058 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
13064 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13066 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13070 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13072 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13076 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13077 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13078 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13082 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13086 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13087 struct linespec_result
*c
,
13089 char *extra_string
,
13090 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13091 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13093 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13094 const struct breakpoint_ops
*o
,
13095 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13096 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13098 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13102 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13103 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13105 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13108 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
13111 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
13116 /* The default "after_condition_true" method. */
13119 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
13121 /* Nothing to do. */
13124 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
=
13126 base_breakpoint_dtor
,
13127 base_breakpoint_allocate_location
,
13128 base_breakpoint_re_set
,
13129 base_breakpoint_insert_location
,
13130 base_breakpoint_remove_location
,
13131 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit
,
13132 base_breakpoint_check_status
,
13133 base_breakpoint_resources_needed
,
13134 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode
,
13135 base_breakpoint_print_it
,
13137 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail
,
13138 base_breakpoint_print_mention
,
13139 base_breakpoint_print_recreate
,
13140 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address
,
13141 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal
,
13142 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec
,
13143 base_breakpoint_explains_signal
,
13144 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true
,
13147 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
13150 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13152 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
13153 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
13155 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
13156 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13160 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13163 /* Copy SRC's shadow buffer and whatever else we'd set if we actually
13164 inserted DEST, so we can remove it later, in case SRC is removed
13168 bp_target_info_copy_insertion_state (struct bp_target_info
*dest
,
13169 const struct bp_target_info
*src
)
13171 dest
->shadow_len
= src
->shadow_len
;
13172 memcpy (dest
->shadow_contents
, src
->shadow_contents
, src
->shadow_len
);
13173 dest
->placed_size
= src
->placed_size
;
13177 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13179 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
13180 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
13184 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= &bl
->target_info
;
13188 /* There is no need to insert a breakpoint if an unconditional
13189 raw/sss breakpoint is already inserted at that location. */
13190 sss_slot
= find_single_step_breakpoint (bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
,
13191 bp_tgt
->placed_address
);
13194 struct bp_target_info
*sss_bp_tgt
= single_step_breakpoints
[sss_slot
];
13196 bp_target_info_copy_insertion_state (bp_tgt
, sss_bp_tgt
);
13200 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, bp_tgt
);
13205 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13207 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
13208 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
13211 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= &bl
->target_info
;
13212 struct address_space
*aspace
= bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
;
13213 CORE_ADDR address
= bp_tgt
->placed_address
;
13215 /* Only remove the breakpoint if there is no raw/sss breakpoint
13216 still inserted at this location. Otherwise, we would be
13217 effectively disabling the raw/sss breakpoint. */
13218 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, address
))
13221 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, bp_tgt
);
13226 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
13227 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
13228 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
13230 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
13231 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
13234 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
13238 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
13239 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
13240 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
13247 dprintf_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
13248 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
13249 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
13251 if (dprintf_style
== dprintf_style_agent
13252 && target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
13254 /* An agent-style dprintf never causes a stop. If we see a trap
13255 for this address it must be for a breakpoint that happens to
13256 be set at the same address. */
13260 return bkpt_breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
13264 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
13266 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
13271 static enum print_stop_action
13272 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13274 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13275 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
13277 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13279 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
13281 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
13282 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13284 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
13285 if (bl
->address
!= bl
->requested_address
)
13286 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl
->requested_address
,
13289 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
13291 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
13293 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nBreakpoint ");
13294 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
13296 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
13297 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
13298 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
13300 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
13301 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
13303 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
13307 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13309 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
13314 case bp_breakpoint
:
13315 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
13316 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
13317 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
13319 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
13320 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13321 if (b
->type
== bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
)
13322 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
13324 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
13325 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b
->number
);
13328 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b
->number
);
13336 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13338 if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
13339 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "tbreak");
13340 else if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
13341 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break");
13342 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
13343 && tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
13344 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "thbreak");
13345 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
13346 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "hbreak");
13348 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13349 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp
->type
);
13351 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", tp
->addr_string
);
13352 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
13356 bkpt_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13357 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13358 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13359 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13361 create_sals_from_address_default (arg
, canonical
, type_wanted
,
13362 addr_start
, copy_arg
);
13366 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13367 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13369 char *extra_string
,
13370 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13371 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13373 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13374 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13375 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13376 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13378 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
13379 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13381 disposition
, thread
, task
,
13382 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13383 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13387 bkpt_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13388 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13390 decode_linespec_default (b
, s
, sals
);
13393 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
13396 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13400 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
13401 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
13402 case bp_overlay_event
:
13403 case bp_longjmp_master
:
13404 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
13405 case bp_exception_master
:
13406 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13409 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
13410 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
13411 case bp_shlib_event
:
13413 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
13414 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
13415 case bp_thread_event
:
13421 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
13423 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
13425 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
13426 events. This allows the user to get control and place
13427 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
13428 objects (among other things). */
13429 bs
->stop
= stop_on_solib_events
;
13430 bs
->print
= stop_on_solib_events
;
13436 static enum print_stop_action
13437 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13439 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13441 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13445 case bp_shlib_event
:
13446 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
13447 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
13448 to shlib event" message.) */
13449 print_solib_event (0);
13452 case bp_thread_event
:
13453 /* Not sure how we will get here.
13454 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
13455 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13458 case bp_overlay_event
:
13459 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
13460 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13463 case bp_longjmp_master
:
13464 /* These should never be enabled. */
13465 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13468 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
13469 /* These should never be enabled. */
13470 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
13471 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13474 case bp_exception_master
:
13475 /* These should never be enabled. */
13476 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
13477 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13481 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
13485 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13487 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13490 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
13493 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13495 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
13496 over a dlopen call and solib_add is resetting the breakpoints.
13497 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
13498 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
13502 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
13504 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
13507 static enum print_stop_action
13508 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13510 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13512 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
13514 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13519 ui_out_field_string
13521 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED
));
13525 ui_out_field_string
13527 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED
));
13532 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
13536 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13538 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13541 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
13543 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
13544 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
13547 longjmp_bkpt_dtor (struct breakpoint
*self
)
13549 struct thread_info
*tp
= find_thread_id (self
->thread
);
13552 tp
->initiating_frame
= null_frame_id
;
13554 momentary_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (self
);
13557 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
13560 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13562 int v
= bkpt_insert_location (bl
);
13566 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
13568 bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->set_semaphore (bl
->probe
.probe
,
13577 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13579 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
13580 bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->clear_semaphore (bl
->probe
.probe
,
13584 return bkpt_remove_location (bl
);
13588 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13589 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13590 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13591 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13593 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13595 lsal
.sals
= parse_probes (arg
, canonical
);
13597 *copy_arg
= xstrdup (canonical
->addr_string
);
13598 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (*copy_arg
);
13600 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
13604 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13605 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13607 *sals
= parse_probes (s
, NULL
);
13609 error (_("probe not found"));
13612 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
13615 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13617 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13621 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
13622 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
13623 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
13625 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
13631 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
13632 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
13634 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
13635 if (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
)
13637 gdb_assert (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
13639 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tmarker id is ");
13640 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
13641 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13642 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
13647 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13649 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
13654 case bp_tracepoint
:
13655 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
13656 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13658 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
13659 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
13660 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13662 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
13663 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
13664 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13667 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13668 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b
->type
);
13675 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*self
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13677 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
13679 if (self
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
13680 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "ftrace");
13681 if (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
13682 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "strace");
13683 else if (self
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
13684 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "trace");
13686 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13687 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self
->type
);
13689 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->addr_string
);
13690 print_recreate_thread (self
, fp
);
13692 if (tp
->pass_count
)
13693 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " passcount %d\n", tp
->pass_count
);
13697 tracepoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13698 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13699 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13700 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13702 create_sals_from_address_default (arg
, canonical
, type_wanted
,
13703 addr_start
, copy_arg
);
13707 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13708 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13710 char *extra_string
,
13711 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13712 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13714 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13715 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13716 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13717 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13719 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
13720 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13722 disposition
, thread
, task
,
13723 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13724 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13728 tracepoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13729 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13731 decode_linespec_default (b
, s
, sals
);
13734 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
13736 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
13740 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13741 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13742 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13743 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13745 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13746 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (arg
, canonical
, type_wanted
,
13747 addr_start
, copy_arg
);
13751 tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13752 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13754 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13755 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (b
, s
, sals
);
13758 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
13760 /* Dprintf breakpoint_ops methods. */
13763 dprintf_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13765 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13767 /* This breakpoint could have been pending, and be resolved now, and
13768 if so, we should now have the extra string. If we don't, the
13769 dprintf was malformed when created, but we couldn't tell because
13770 we can't extract the extra string until the location is
13772 if (b
->loc
!= NULL
&& b
->extra_string
== NULL
)
13773 error (_("Format string required"));
13775 /* 1 - connect to target 1, that can run breakpoint commands.
13776 2 - create a dprintf, which resolves fine.
13777 3 - disconnect from target 1
13778 4 - connect to target 2, that can NOT run breakpoint commands.
13780 After steps #3/#4, you'll want the dprintf command list to
13781 be updated, because target 1 and 2 may well return different
13782 answers for target_can_run_breakpoint_commands().
13783 Given absence of finer grained resetting, we get to do
13784 it all the time. */
13785 if (b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
13786 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
13789 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for dprintf. */
13792 dprintf_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13794 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "dprintf %s%s", tp
->addr_string
,
13796 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
13799 /* Implement the "after_condition_true" breakpoint_ops method for
13802 dprintf's are implemented with regular commands in their command
13803 list, but we run the commands here instead of before presenting the
13804 stop to the user, as dprintf's don't actually cause a stop. This
13805 also makes it so that the commands of multiple dprintfs at the same
13806 address are all handled. */
13809 dprintf_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
13811 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
13812 struct bpstats tmp_bs
= { NULL
};
13813 struct bpstats
*tmp_bs_p
= &tmp_bs
;
13815 /* dprintf's never cause a stop. This wasn't set in the
13816 check_status hook instead because that would make the dprintf's
13817 condition not be evaluated. */
13820 /* Run the command list here. Take ownership of it instead of
13821 copying. We never want these commands to run later in
13822 bpstat_do_actions, if a breakpoint that causes a stop happens to
13823 be set at same address as this dprintf, or even if running the
13824 commands here throws. */
13825 tmp_bs
.commands
= bs
->commands
;
13826 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
13827 old_chain
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&tmp_bs
.commands
);
13829 bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tmp_bs_p
);
13831 /* 'tmp_bs.commands' will usually be NULL by now, but
13832 bpstat_do_actions_1 may return early without processing the whole
13834 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
13837 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13841 strace_marker_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13842 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13843 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13844 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13846 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13848 lsal
.sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (arg
);
13850 *copy_arg
= savestring (addr_start
, *arg
- addr_start
);
13852 canonical
->addr_string
= xstrdup (*copy_arg
);
13853 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (*copy_arg
);
13854 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
13858 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13859 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13861 char *extra_string
,
13862 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13863 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13865 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13866 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13867 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13868 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13871 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
,
13872 canonical
->sals
, 0);
13874 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13875 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13876 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13877 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13878 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13879 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13881 for (i
= 0; i
< lsal
->sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
13883 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
;
13884 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
13885 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
13888 expanded
.nelts
= 1;
13889 expanded
.sals
= &lsal
->sals
.sals
[i
];
13891 addr_string
= xstrdup (canonical
->addr_string
);
13892 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string
);
13894 tp
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
13895 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp
->base
, gdbarch
, expanded
,
13897 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13898 type_wanted
, disposition
,
13899 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
13900 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
13901 canonical
->special_display
);
13902 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13903 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13904 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13905 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13906 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13907 corresponds to this one */
13908 tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
= i
;
13910 install_breakpoint (internal
, &tp
->base
, 0);
13912 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
13917 strace_marker_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13918 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13920 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13922 *sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (s
);
13923 if (sals
->nelts
> tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
)
13925 sals
->sals
[0] = sals
->sals
[tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
];
13929 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13932 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13935 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13937 return b
->ops
== &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13940 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13944 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
13946 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13948 gdb_assert (bpt
!= NULL
);
13950 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13951 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13954 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13955 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13956 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13957 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13958 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13961 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13962 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13963 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13964 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13966 if (bpt
->type
== bp_none
)
13969 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13970 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13971 if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
)
13973 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13974 struct watchpoint
*w
;
13976 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13977 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13978 else if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13979 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
13983 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w
);
13985 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13986 for (related
= bpt
; related
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
;
13987 related
= related
->related_breakpoint
);
13988 related
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13989 bpt
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
;
13992 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13993 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13994 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13995 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13997 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt
);
13999 if (breakpoint_chain
== bpt
)
14000 breakpoint_chain
= bpt
->next
;
14002 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14003 if (b
->next
== bpt
)
14005 b
->next
= bpt
->next
;
14009 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
14011 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
14012 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
14013 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
14014 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
14015 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
14016 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
14017 commands won't work. */
14019 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback
, bpt
);
14021 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
14022 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
14023 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
14024 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
14025 might be better design to have location completely
14026 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
14027 update_global_location_list (0);
14029 bpt
->ops
->dtor (bpt
);
14030 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
14031 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
14032 bpt
->type
= bp_none
;
14037 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b
)
14039 delete_breakpoint (b
);
14043 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14045 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup
, b
);
14048 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
14049 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
14052 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint
*b
,
14053 void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
14057 struct breakpoint
*related
;
14062 struct breakpoint
*next
;
14064 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
14065 next
= related
->related_breakpoint
;
14067 if (next
== related
)
14069 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
14070 function (related
, data
);
14072 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
14073 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
14078 function (related
, data
);
14082 while (related
!= b
);
14086 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14088 delete_breakpoint (b
);
14091 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14092 delete_breakpoint. */
14095 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14097 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14101 delete_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14103 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
14109 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
14111 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
14112 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
14113 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
14114 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14115 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
14117 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
14121 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
14123 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
14125 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
14126 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
14127 delete_breakpoint (b
);
14131 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14135 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location
*loc
)
14137 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
14138 if (!loc
->shlib_disabled
14139 && !loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
14144 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
14145 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
14146 Null names are ignored. */
14149 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location
*loc
)
14151 struct bp_location
*l
;
14152 htab_t htab
= htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string
,
14153 (int (*) (const void *,
14154 const void *)) streq
,
14155 NULL
, xcalloc
, xfree
);
14157 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
14160 const char *name
= l
->function_name
;
14162 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
14166 slot
= (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab
, (const void *) name
,
14168 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
14172 htab_delete (htab
);
14178 htab_delete (htab
);
14182 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
14183 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
14184 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
14185 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
14186 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
14187 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
14188 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
14189 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
14192 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
14193 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
14194 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
14195 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
14196 in the sources, and output a warning.
14198 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
14199 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
14200 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
14201 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
14202 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
14205 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
14206 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
14207 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
14208 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
14209 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
14210 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
14211 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
14212 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
14213 precisely because it confuses tools). */
14215 static struct symtab_and_line
14216 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct symtab_and_line sal
)
14218 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
14219 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
14224 find_line_pc (sal
.symtab
, sal
.line
, &pc
);
14226 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc
, &marker
))
14228 if (strcmp (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
) != 0)
14229 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
14231 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
);
14233 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
14234 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
14235 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
14240 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
14242 if (!sal
.explicit_pc
14244 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
14245 && tp
->static_trace_marker_id
!= NULL
)
14247 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
;
14250 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
14252 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
14254 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
14255 struct symbol
*sym
;
14256 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*tpmarker
;
14257 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
14259 tpmarker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, 0);
14261 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
14262 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (tpmarker
->str_id
);
14264 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
14265 "found at previous line number"),
14266 b
->number
, tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
14270 sal2
.pc
= tpmarker
->address
;
14272 sal2
= find_pc_line (tpmarker
->address
, 0);
14273 sym
= find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker
->address
, NULL
);
14274 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Now in ");
14277 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
14278 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
14279 ui_out_text (uiout
, " at ");
14281 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file",
14282 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
));
14283 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
14285 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
14287 const char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal2
.symtab
);
14289 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname", fullname
);
14292 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", sal2
.line
);
14293 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
14295 b
->loc
->line_number
= sal2
.line
;
14296 b
->loc
->symtab
= sym
!= NULL
? sal2
.symtab
: NULL
;
14298 xfree (b
->addr_string
);
14299 b
->addr_string
= xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
14300 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
),
14301 b
->loc
->line_number
);
14303 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
14306 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker
);
14312 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
14313 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
14316 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location
*a
, struct bp_location
*b
)
14320 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
14323 if (a
->shlib_disabled
!= b
->shlib_disabled
)
14326 if (a
->enabled
!= b
->enabled
)
14333 if ((a
== NULL
) != (b
== NULL
))
14339 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
14340 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
14341 a ranged breakpoint. */
14344 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
,
14345 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
,
14346 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end
)
14349 struct bp_location
*existing_locations
= b
->loc
;
14351 if (sals_end
.nelts
!= 0 && (sals
.nelts
!= 1 || sals_end
.nelts
!= 1))
14353 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
14355 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14356 update_global_location_list (1);
14357 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
14358 "multiple locations found\n"),
14363 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
14364 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
14365 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
14366 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
14367 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
14368 individual locations. */
14369 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations
) && sals
.nelts
== 0)
14374 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
14376 struct bp_location
*new_loc
;
14378 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals
.sals
[i
].pspace
);
14380 new_loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &(sals
.sals
[i
]));
14382 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
14384 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
14387 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
14389 s
= b
->cond_string
;
14390 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
14392 new_loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, sals
.sals
[i
].pc
,
14393 block_for_pc (sals
.sals
[i
].pc
),
14398 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
14399 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
14400 b
->number
, e
.message
);
14401 new_loc
->enabled
= 0;
14405 if (sals_end
.nelts
)
14407 CORE_ADDR end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end
.sals
[0]);
14409 new_loc
->length
= end
- sals
.sals
[0].pc
+ 1;
14413 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
14414 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
14415 make_breakpoint_permanent (b
);
14417 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
14420 struct bp_location
*e
= existing_locations
;
14421 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
14422 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
14423 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
14424 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
14425 often enough until a better solution is found. */
14426 int have_ambiguous_names
= ambiguous_names_p (b
->loc
);
14428 for (; e
; e
= e
->next
)
14430 if (!e
->enabled
&& e
->function_name
)
14432 struct bp_location
*l
= b
->loc
;
14433 if (have_ambiguous_names
)
14435 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
14436 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e
, l
))
14444 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
14445 if (l
->function_name
14446 && strcmp (e
->function_name
, l
->function_name
) == 0)
14456 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations
, b
->loc
))
14457 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
14459 update_global_location_list (1);
14462 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given ADDR_STRING.
14463 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
14465 static struct symtabs_and_lines
14466 addr_string_to_sals (struct breakpoint
*b
, char *addr_string
, int *found
)
14469 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
= {0};
14470 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
14472 gdb_assert (b
->ops
!= NULL
);
14475 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
14477 b
->ops
->decode_linespec (b
, &s
, &sals
);
14481 int not_found_and_ok
= 0;
14482 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
14483 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
14484 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
14485 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
14486 state, then user already saw the message about that
14487 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
14489 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
14490 && (b
->condition_not_parsed
14491 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
14492 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
14493 || b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
))
14494 not_found_and_ok
= 1;
14496 if (!not_found_and_ok
)
14498 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
14499 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
14500 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
14501 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
14502 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
14503 which approach is better. */
14504 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14505 throw_exception (e
);
14509 if (e
.reason
== 0 || e
.error
!= NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
14513 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
14514 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
14515 if (b
->condition_not_parsed
&& s
&& s
[0])
14517 char *cond_string
, *extra_string
;
14520 find_condition_and_thread (s
, sals
.sals
[0].pc
,
14521 &cond_string
, &thread
, &task
,
14524 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
14525 b
->thread
= thread
;
14528 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
14529 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
14532 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
&& !strace_marker_p (b
))
14533 sals
.sals
[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b
, sals
.sals
[0]);
14543 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
14544 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
14548 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14551 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, sals_end
;
14552 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
= {0};
14553 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end
= {0};
14555 sals
= addr_string_to_sals (b
, b
->addr_string
, &found
);
14558 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
14562 if (b
->addr_string_range_end
)
14564 sals_end
= addr_string_to_sals (b
, b
->addr_string_range_end
, &found
);
14567 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals_end
.sals
);
14568 expanded_end
= sals_end
;
14572 update_breakpoint_locations (b
, expanded
, expanded_end
);
14575 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
14576 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
14579 create_sals_from_address_default (char **arg
,
14580 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
14581 enum bptype type_wanted
,
14582 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
14584 parse_breakpoint_sals (arg
, canonical
);
14587 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
14588 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
14592 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14593 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
14595 char *extra_string
,
14596 enum bptype type_wanted
,
14597 enum bpdisp disposition
,
14599 int task
, int ignore_count
,
14600 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
14601 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
14602 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
14604 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, canonical
, cond_string
,
14606 type_wanted
, disposition
,
14607 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
14608 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
14611 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
14612 default function for the `decode_linespec' method of breakpoint_ops. */
14615 decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
14616 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
14618 struct linespec_result canonical
;
14620 init_linespec_result (&canonical
);
14621 decode_line_full (s
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
14622 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0,
14623 &canonical
, multiple_symbols_all
,
14626 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
14627 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) < 2);
14629 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) > 0)
14631 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
14633 lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, 0);
14634 *sals
= lsal
->sals
;
14635 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
14637 lsal
->sals
.sals
= NULL
;
14640 destroy_linespec_result (&canonical
);
14643 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
14645 static struct cleanup
*
14646 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14648 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
14650 input_radix
= b
->input_radix
;
14651 cleanups
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
14652 if (b
->pspace
!= NULL
)
14653 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b
->pspace
);
14654 set_language (b
->language
);
14659 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
14660 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
14661 Unused in this case. */
14664 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint
)
14666 /* Get past catch_errs. */
14667 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) bint
;
14668 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
14670 cleanups
= prepare_re_set_context (b
);
14671 b
->ops
->re_set (b
);
14672 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
14676 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
14678 breakpoint_re_set (void)
14680 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
14681 enum language save_language
;
14682 int save_input_radix
;
14683 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
14685 save_language
= current_language
->la_language
;
14686 save_input_radix
= input_radix
;
14687 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
14689 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
14691 /* Format possible error msg. */
14692 char *message
= xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
14694 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
14695 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one
, b
, message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
);
14696 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
14698 set_language (save_language
);
14699 input_radix
= save_input_radix
;
14701 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
14703 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
14705 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
14706 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
14707 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
14708 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
14711 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
14713 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
14714 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
14716 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14718 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
14720 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
14721 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
14723 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
14724 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
14725 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
14727 b
->loc
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
14731 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14732 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14733 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14736 set_ignore_count (int bptnum
, int count
, int from_tty
)
14738 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14743 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14744 if (b
->number
== bptnum
)
14746 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
14748 if (from_tty
&& count
!= 0)
14749 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
14754 b
->ignore_count
= count
;
14758 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
14759 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
14761 else if (count
== 1)
14762 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
14765 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
14766 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
14769 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
14773 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum
);
14776 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
14779 ignore_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14785 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
14787 num
= get_number (&p
);
14789 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args
);
14791 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
14793 set_ignore_count (num
,
14794 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p
))),
14797 printf_filtered ("\n");
14800 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
14801 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
14804 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args
, void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
14809 struct breakpoint
*b
, *tmp
;
14811 struct get_number_or_range_state state
;
14814 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14816 init_number_or_range (&state
, args
);
14818 while (!state
.finished
)
14820 const char *p
= state
.string
;
14824 num
= get_number_or_range (&state
);
14827 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p
);
14831 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, tmp
)
14832 if (b
->number
== num
)
14835 function (b
, data
);
14839 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num
);
14844 static struct bp_location
*
14845 find_location_by_number (char *number
)
14847 char *dot
= strchr (number
, '.');
14851 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14852 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14857 bp_num
= get_number (&p1
);
14859 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
14861 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14862 if (b
->number
== bp_num
)
14867 if (!b
|| b
->number
!= bp_num
)
14868 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
14871 loc_num
= get_number (&p1
);
14873 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number
);
14877 for (;loc_num
&& loc
; --loc_num
, loc
= loc
->next
)
14880 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot
+1);
14886 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14887 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14888 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14891 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14893 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14894 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14895 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14896 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
14899 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
14900 if (bpt
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
14903 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14905 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14906 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14908 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14909 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14911 struct bp_location
*location
;
14913 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14914 target_disable_tracepoint (location
);
14917 update_global_location_list (0);
14919 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14922 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
14925 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14927 disable_breakpoint (b
);
14930 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14931 disable_breakpoint. */
14934 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14936 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14940 disable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14944 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14946 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14947 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
14948 disable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14952 char *num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14956 if (strchr (num
, '.'))
14958 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (num
);
14965 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
14967 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14968 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
14969 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
14970 target_disable_tracepoint (loc
);
14972 update_global_location_list (0);
14975 map_breakpoint_numbers (num
, do_map_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14976 num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14982 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
14985 int target_resources_ok
;
14987 if (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
14990 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14991 target_resources_ok
=
14992 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
14994 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
14995 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14996 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
14997 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
15000 if (is_watchpoint (bpt
))
15002 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
15003 enum enable_state orig_enable_state
= 0;
15004 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
15006 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
15008 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
15010 orig_enable_state
= bpt
->enable_state
;
15011 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
15012 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
15016 bpt
->enable_state
= orig_enable_state
;
15017 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
15023 if (bpt
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
15024 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
15026 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
15028 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
15029 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
15031 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
15032 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
15034 struct bp_location
*location
;
15036 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
15037 target_enable_tracepoint (location
);
15040 bpt
->disposition
= disposition
;
15041 bpt
->enable_count
= count
;
15042 update_global_location_list (1);
15044 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
15049 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
15051 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, bpt
->disposition
, 0);
15055 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
15057 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
15060 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
15061 enable_breakpoint. */
15064 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
15066 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15069 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
15070 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
15071 in stopping the inferior. */
15074 enable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15078 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
15080 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
15081 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
15082 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
15086 char *num
= extract_arg (&args
);
15090 if (strchr (num
, '.'))
15092 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (num
);
15099 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
15101 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
15102 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
15103 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
15104 target_enable_tracepoint (loc
);
15106 update_global_location_list (1);
15109 map_breakpoint_numbers (num
, do_map_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15110 num
= extract_arg (&args
);
15115 /* This struct packages up disposition data for application to multiple
15125 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
15127 struct disp_data disp_data
= *(struct disp_data
*) arg
;
15129 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_data
.disp
, disp_data
.count
);
15133 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
15135 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_disable
, 1 };
15137 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
15141 enable_once_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15143 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15147 do_map_enable_count_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *countptr
)
15149 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_disable
, *(int *) countptr
};
15151 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
15155 enable_count_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15157 int count
= get_number (&args
);
15159 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_count_breakpoint
, &count
);
15163 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
15165 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_del
, 1 };
15167 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
15171 enable_delete_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15173 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15177 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15182 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15186 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
15187 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
15191 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior
*inferior
,
15192 CORE_ADDR addr
, ssize_t len
,
15193 const bfd_byte
*data
)
15195 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
15197 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
15198 if (bp
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
15199 && bp
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
15201 struct watchpoint
*wp
= (struct watchpoint
*) bp
;
15203 if (wp
->val_valid
&& wp
->val
)
15205 struct bp_location
*loc
;
15207 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
15208 if (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
15209 && loc
->address
+ loc
->length
> addr
15210 && addr
+ len
> loc
->address
)
15212 value_free (wp
->val
);
15220 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
15221 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
15222 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
15223 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
15227 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
15228 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
15230 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
;
15231 struct bp_location
*bl
;
15233 bp_tgt
= XCNEW (struct bp_target_info
);
15235 bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
= aspace
;
15236 bp_tgt
->placed_address
= pc
;
15238 /* If an unconditional non-raw breakpoint is already inserted at
15239 that location, there's no need to insert another. However, with
15240 target-side evaluation of breakpoint conditions, if the
15241 breakpoint that is currently inserted on the target is
15242 conditional, we need to make it unconditional. Note that a
15243 breakpoint with target-side commands is not reported even if
15244 unconditional, so we need to remove the commands from the target
15246 bl
= find_non_raw_software_breakpoint_inserted_here (aspace
, pc
);
15248 && VEC_empty (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.conditions
)
15249 && VEC_empty (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.tcommands
))
15251 bp_target_info_copy_insertion_state (bp_tgt
, &bl
->target_info
);
15255 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_tgt
) != 0)
15257 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
15265 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by
15266 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
15269 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, void *bp
)
15271 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= bp
;
15272 struct address_space
*aspace
= bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
;
15273 CORE_ADDR address
= bp_tgt
->placed_address
;
15274 struct bp_location
*bl
;
15277 bl
= find_non_raw_software_breakpoint_inserted_here (aspace
, address
);
15279 /* Only remove the raw breakpoint if there are no other non-raw
15280 breakpoints still inserted at this location. Otherwise, we would
15281 be effectively disabling those breakpoints. */
15283 ret
= target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_tgt
);
15284 else if (!VEC_empty (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.conditions
)
15285 || !VEC_empty (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.tcommands
))
15287 /* The target is evaluating conditions, and when we inserted the
15288 software single-step breakpoint, we had made the breakpoint
15289 unconditional and command-less on the target side. Reinsert
15290 to restore the conditions/commands. */
15291 ret
= target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
15301 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
15304 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
15305 struct address_space
*aspace
,
15310 if (single_step_breakpoints
[0] == NULL
)
15312 bpt_p
= &single_step_breakpoints
[0];
15313 single_step_gdbarch
[0] = gdbarch
;
15317 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints
[1] == NULL
);
15318 bpt_p
= &single_step_breakpoints
[1];
15319 single_step_gdbarch
[1] = gdbarch
;
15322 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would
15323 be to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on
15324 the breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint.
15325 We could adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing
15326 this requires corresponding changes elsewhere where single step
15327 breakpoints are handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
15329 *bpt_p
= deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, aspace
, next_pc
);
15330 if (*bpt_p
== NULL
)
15331 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
15332 paddress (gdbarch
, next_pc
));
15335 /* Check if the breakpoints used for software single stepping
15336 were inserted or not. */
15339 single_step_breakpoints_inserted (void)
15341 return (single_step_breakpoints
[0] != NULL
15342 || single_step_breakpoints
[1] != NULL
);
15345 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
15348 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
15350 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints
[0] != NULL
);
15352 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
15354 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[0],
15355 single_step_breakpoints
[0]);
15356 single_step_gdbarch
[0] = NULL
;
15357 single_step_breakpoints
[0] = NULL
;
15359 if (single_step_breakpoints
[1] != NULL
)
15361 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[1],
15362 single_step_breakpoints
[1]);
15363 single_step_gdbarch
[1] = NULL
;
15364 single_step_breakpoints
[1] = NULL
;
15368 /* Delete software single step breakpoints without removing them from
15369 the inferior. This is intended to be used if the inferior's address
15370 space where they were inserted is already gone, e.g. after exit or
15374 cancel_single_step_breakpoints (void)
15378 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
15379 if (single_step_breakpoints
[i
])
15381 xfree (single_step_breakpoints
[i
]);
15382 single_step_breakpoints
[i
] = NULL
;
15383 single_step_gdbarch
[i
] = NULL
;
15387 /* Detach software single-step breakpoints from INFERIOR_PTID without
15391 detach_single_step_breakpoints (void)
15395 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
15396 if (single_step_breakpoints
[i
])
15397 target_remove_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[i
],
15398 single_step_breakpoints
[i
]);
15401 /* Find the software single-step breakpoint that inserted at PC.
15402 Returns its slot if found, and -1 if not found. */
15405 find_single_step_breakpoint (struct address_space
*aspace
,
15410 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
15412 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= single_step_breakpoints
[i
];
15414 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
,
15415 bp_tgt
->placed_address
,
15423 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
15427 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
15430 return find_single_step_breakpoint (aspace
, pc
) >= 0;
15433 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
15434 non-zero otherwise. */
15436 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*bp
)
15438 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp
)
15439 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_disabled
15440 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_call_disabled
)
15447 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
15449 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
15450 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (current_inferior ());
15452 return inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0;
15456 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number
)
15458 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
15460 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
15461 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp
))
15463 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bp
;
15465 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
15469 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
15471 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
15481 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
15482 static VEC (char_ptr
) *
15483 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
15484 const char *text
, const char *word
)
15486 const char **list
= get_syscall_names ();
15487 VEC (char_ptr
) *retlist
15488 = (list
== NULL
) ? NULL
: complete_on_enum (list
, word
, word
);
15494 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
15496 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
15498 set_tracepoint_count (int num
)
15500 tracepoint_count
= num
;
15501 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num
);
15505 trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15507 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15508 const char *arg_cp
= arg
;
15510 if (arg
&& probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp
))
15511 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15513 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15515 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15517 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15519 bp_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15520 0 /* Ignore count */,
15521 pending_break_support
,
15525 0 /* internal */, 0);
15529 ftrace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15531 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15533 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15535 bp_fast_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15536 0 /* Ignore count */,
15537 pending_break_support
,
15538 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
15541 0 /* internal */, 0);
15544 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
15547 strace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15549 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15551 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
15552 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
15553 if (arg
&& strncmp (arg
, "-m", 2) == 0 && isspace (arg
[2]))
15554 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
15556 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15558 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15560 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15562 bp_static_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15563 0 /* Ignore count */,
15564 pending_break_support
,
15568 0 /* internal */, 0);
15571 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
15572 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
15574 static struct uploaded_tp
*this_utp
;
15575 static int next_cmd
;
15578 read_uploaded_action (void)
15582 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, this_utp
->cmd_strings
, next_cmd
, rslt
);
15589 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
15590 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
15591 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
15592 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
15593 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
15595 struct tracepoint
*
15596 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp
*utp
)
15598 char *addr_str
, small_buf
[100];
15599 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
15601 if (utp
->at_string
)
15602 addr_str
= utp
->at_string
;
15605 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
15606 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
15607 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
15609 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
15610 "source location, using raw address"),
15612 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "*%s", hex_string (utp
->addr
));
15613 addr_str
= small_buf
;
15616 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
15617 if (utp
->cond
&& !utp
->cond_string
)
15618 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
15619 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
15622 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15624 utp
->cond_string
, -1, NULL
,
15625 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
15627 utp
->type
/* type_wanted */,
15628 0 /* Ignore count */,
15629 pending_break_support
,
15630 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
15632 utp
->enabled
/* enabled */,
15634 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
))
15637 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
15638 tp
= get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count
);
15639 gdb_assert (tp
!= NULL
);
15643 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "%d %d", utp
->pass
,
15646 trace_pass_command (small_buf
, 0);
15649 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
15650 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
15651 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
15653 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->cmd_strings
))
15655 struct command_line
*cmd_list
;
15660 cmd_list
= read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action
, 1, NULL
, NULL
);
15662 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp
->base
, cmd_list
);
15664 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->actions
)
15665 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->step_actions
))
15666 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
15667 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
15670 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
15671 tp
->base
.hit_count
= utp
->hit_count
;
15672 tp
->traceframe_usage
= utp
->traceframe_usage
;
15677 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
15681 tracepoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15683 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
15686 num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_tracepoint
);
15688 if (num_printed
== 0)
15690 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
15691 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
15693 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
15696 default_collect_info ();
15699 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
15700 Not supported by all targets. */
15702 enable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15704 enable_command (args
, from_tty
);
15707 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
15708 Not supported by all targets. */
15710 disable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15712 disable_command (args
, from_tty
);
15715 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
15717 delete_trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15719 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15725 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
15727 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
15728 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
15729 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
15731 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15732 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
15734 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
15738 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
15740 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
15742 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15743 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
15744 delete_breakpoint (b
);
15748 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15751 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
15754 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint
*tp
, int count
, int from_tty
)
15756 tp
->pass_count
= count
;
15757 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (&tp
->base
);
15759 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
15760 tp
->base
.number
, count
);
15763 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
15765 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
15766 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
15767 Also accepts special argument "all". */
15770 trace_pass_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15772 struct tracepoint
*t1
;
15773 unsigned int count
;
15775 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
15776 error (_("passcount command requires an "
15777 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
15779 count
= strtoul (args
, &args
, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
15781 args
= skip_spaces (args
);
15782 if (*args
&& strncasecmp (args
, "all", 3) == 0)
15784 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15786 args
+= 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
15788 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
15790 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15792 t1
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
15793 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15796 else if (*args
== '\0')
15798 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, NULL
);
15800 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15804 struct get_number_or_range_state state
;
15806 init_number_or_range (&state
, args
);
15807 while (!state
.finished
)
15809 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, &state
);
15811 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15816 struct tracepoint
*
15817 get_tracepoint (int num
)
15819 struct breakpoint
*t
;
15821 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15822 if (t
->number
== num
)
15823 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15828 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
15829 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
15832 struct tracepoint
*
15833 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num
)
15835 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15837 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15839 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
15841 if (t
->number_on_target
== num
)
15848 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
15849 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
15850 If the argument is missing, the most recent tracepoint
15851 (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
15853 struct tracepoint
*
15854 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg
,
15855 struct get_number_or_range_state
*state
)
15857 struct breakpoint
*t
;
15859 char *instring
= arg
== NULL
? NULL
: *arg
;
15863 gdb_assert (!state
->finished
);
15864 tpnum
= get_number_or_range (state
);
15866 else if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== NULL
|| ! **arg
)
15867 tpnum
= tracepoint_count
;
15869 tpnum
= get_number (arg
);
15873 if (instring
&& *instring
)
15874 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
15877 printf_filtered (_("No previous tracepoint\n"));
15881 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15882 if (t
->number
== tpnum
)
15884 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15887 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum
);
15892 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
15894 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
15895 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " thread %d", b
->thread
);
15898 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " task %d", b
->task
);
15900 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
15903 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15904 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15905 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15909 save_breakpoints (char *filename
, int from_tty
,
15910 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
15912 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15914 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
15915 struct ui_file
*fp
;
15916 int extra_trace_bits
= 0;
15918 if (filename
== 0 || *filename
== 0)
15919 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15921 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15922 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15924 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15925 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15928 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15929 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15934 if (is_tracepoint (tp
))
15936 extra_trace_bits
= 1;
15938 /* We can stop searching. */
15945 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15949 filename
= tilde_expand (filename
);
15950 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, filename
);
15951 fp
= gdb_fopen (filename
, "w");
15953 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15954 filename
, safe_strerror (errno
));
15955 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp
);
15957 if (extra_trace_bits
)
15958 save_trace_state_variables (fp
);
15960 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15962 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15963 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15966 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15967 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15970 tp
->ops
->print_recreate (tp
, fp
);
15972 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15973 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15976 if (tp
->cond_string
)
15977 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp
->cond_string
);
15979 if (tp
->ignore_count
)
15980 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp
->ignore_count
);
15982 if (tp
->type
!= bp_dprintf
&& tp
->commands
)
15984 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
15986 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " commands\n");
15988 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout
, fp
);
15989 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
15991 print_command_lines (current_uiout
, tp
->commands
->commands
, 2);
15993 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout
, NULL
);
15996 throw_exception (ex
);
15998 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " end\n");
16001 if (tp
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
)
16002 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "disable\n");
16004 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
16005 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
16006 special, and not user visible. */
16007 if (!is_watchpoint (tp
) && tp
->loc
&& tp
->loc
->next
)
16009 struct bp_location
*loc
;
16012 for (loc
= tp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
, n
++)
16014 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n
);
16018 if (extra_trace_bits
&& *default_collect
)
16019 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect
);
16022 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename
);
16023 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
16026 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
16029 save_breakpoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
16031 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, NULL
);
16034 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
16037 save_tracepoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
16039 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, is_tracepoint
);
16042 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
16044 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *
16045 all_tracepoints (void)
16047 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *tp_vec
= 0;
16048 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
16050 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
16052 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p
, tp_vec
, tp
);
16059 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
16060 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
16061 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
16063 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
16064 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
16065 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
16066 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
16067 guessed probe type) or `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe).\n\
16068 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16069 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
16070 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
16071 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
16072 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
16073 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
16075 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
16076 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16078 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16079 conditions are different.\n\
16081 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
16083 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
16084 static struct cmd_list_element
*catch_cmdlist
;
16086 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
16087 static struct cmd_list_element
*tcatch_cmdlist
;
16090 add_catch_command (char *name
, char *docstring
,
16091 cmd_sfunc_ftype
*sfunc
,
16092 completer_ftype
*completer
,
16093 void *user_data_catch
,
16094 void *user_data_tcatch
)
16096 struct cmd_list_element
*command
;
16098 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
16100 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
16101 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_catch
);
16102 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
16104 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
16106 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
16107 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_tcatch
);
16108 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
16112 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior
*inf
)
16114 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
16115 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf
);
16117 inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
= 0;
16118 inf_data
->any_syscall_count
= 0;
16119 VEC_free (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
);
16123 save_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
16125 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
16126 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
16127 help_list (save_cmdlist
, "save ", all_commands
, gdb_stdout
);
16130 struct breakpoint
*
16131 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback
) (struct breakpoint
*, void *),
16134 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
16136 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
16138 if ((*callback
) (b
, data
))
16145 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
16146 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
16149 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint
*b
)
16151 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
16152 non-inline function. */
16153 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
16159 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
16160 have been inlined. */
16163 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
16164 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
16166 struct breakpoint
*b
;
16167 struct bp_location
*bl
;
16169 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
16171 if (!is_non_inline_function (b
))
16174 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
16176 if (!bl
->shlib_disabled
16177 && bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, pc
, ws
))
16185 /* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */
16188 breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
16190 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
16192 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
16193 if (loc
->symtab
!= NULL
&& loc
->symtab
->objfile
== objfile
)
16194 loc
->symtab
= NULL
;
16198 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
16200 static int initialized
= 0;
16202 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
16208 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
16209 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
16210 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
16211 ops
= &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
16212 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16213 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
16214 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_insert_location
;
16215 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_remove_location
;
16216 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= bkpt_breakpoint_hit
;
16217 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= bkpt_create_sals_from_address
;
16218 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal
;
16219 ops
->decode_linespec
= bkpt_decode_linespec
;
16221 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
16222 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
16223 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
16224 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
16225 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
16226 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
16227 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
16228 ops
->print_recreate
= bkpt_print_recreate
;
16230 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
16231 ops
= &ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
16232 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
16233 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint
;
16234 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint
;
16235 ops
->print_it
= print_it_ranged_breakpoint
;
16236 ops
->print_one
= print_one_ranged_breakpoint
;
16237 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint
;
16238 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_ranged_breakpoint
;
16239 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint
;
16241 /* Internal breakpoints. */
16242 ops
= &internal_breakpoint_ops
;
16243 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
16244 ops
->re_set
= internal_bkpt_re_set
;
16245 ops
->check_status
= internal_bkpt_check_status
;
16246 ops
->print_it
= internal_bkpt_print_it
;
16247 ops
->print_mention
= internal_bkpt_print_mention
;
16249 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
16250 ops
= &momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
16251 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
16252 ops
->re_set
= momentary_bkpt_re_set
;
16253 ops
->check_status
= momentary_bkpt_check_status
;
16254 ops
->print_it
= momentary_bkpt_print_it
;
16255 ops
->print_mention
= momentary_bkpt_print_mention
;
16257 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception. */
16258 ops
= &longjmp_breakpoint_ops
;
16259 *ops
= momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
16260 ops
->dtor
= longjmp_bkpt_dtor
;
16262 /* Probe breakpoints. */
16263 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
16264 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
16265 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_probe_insert_location
;
16266 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_probe_remove_location
;
16267 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address
;
16268 ops
->decode_linespec
= bkpt_probe_decode_linespec
;
16271 ops
= &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
16272 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16273 ops
->dtor
= dtor_watchpoint
;
16274 ops
->re_set
= re_set_watchpoint
;
16275 ops
->insert_location
= insert_watchpoint
;
16276 ops
->remove_location
= remove_watchpoint
;
16277 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_watchpoint
;
16278 ops
->check_status
= check_status_watchpoint
;
16279 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_watchpoint
;
16280 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_watchpoint
;
16281 ops
->print_it
= print_it_watchpoint
;
16282 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_watchpoint
;
16283 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_watchpoint
;
16284 ops
->explains_signal
= explains_signal_watchpoint
;
16286 /* Masked watchpoints. */
16287 ops
= &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
16288 *ops
= watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
16289 ops
->insert_location
= insert_masked_watchpoint
;
16290 ops
->remove_location
= remove_masked_watchpoint
;
16291 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_masked_watchpoint
;
16292 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint
;
16293 ops
->print_it
= print_it_masked_watchpoint
;
16294 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint
;
16295 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_masked_watchpoint
;
16296 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_masked_watchpoint
;
16299 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
16300 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16301 ops
->re_set
= tracepoint_re_set
;
16302 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= tracepoint_breakpoint_hit
;
16303 ops
->print_one_detail
= tracepoint_print_one_detail
;
16304 ops
->print_mention
= tracepoint_print_mention
;
16305 ops
->print_recreate
= tracepoint_print_recreate
;
16306 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= tracepoint_create_sals_from_address
;
16307 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal
;
16308 ops
->decode_linespec
= tracepoint_decode_linespec
;
16310 /* Probe tracepoints. */
16311 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
16312 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
16313 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address
;
16314 ops
->decode_linespec
= tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec
;
16316 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
16317 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
16318 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
16319 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= strace_marker_create_sals_from_address
;
16320 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal
;
16321 ops
->decode_linespec
= strace_marker_decode_linespec
;
16323 /* Fork catchpoints. */
16324 ops
= &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
16325 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16326 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_fork
;
16327 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_fork
;
16328 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_fork
;
16329 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_fork
;
16330 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_fork
;
16331 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_fork
;
16332 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_fork
;
16334 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
16335 ops
= &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
16336 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16337 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_vfork
;
16338 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_vfork
;
16339 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork
;
16340 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_vfork
;
16341 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_vfork
;
16342 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_vfork
;
16343 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_vfork
;
16345 /* Exec catchpoints. */
16346 ops
= &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
16347 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16348 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_exec
;
16349 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_exec
;
16350 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_exec
;
16351 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_exec
;
16352 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_exec
;
16353 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_exec
;
16354 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_exec
;
16355 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_exec
;
16357 /* Syscall catchpoints. */
16358 ops
= &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
;
16359 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16360 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_syscall
;
16361 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_syscall
;
16362 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_syscall
;
16363 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall
;
16364 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_syscall
;
16365 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_syscall
;
16366 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_syscall
;
16367 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_syscall
;
16369 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
16370 ops
= &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
16371 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16372 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_solib
;
16373 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_solib
;
16374 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_solib
;
16375 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_solib
;
16376 ops
->check_status
= check_status_catch_solib
;
16377 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_solib
;
16378 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_solib
;
16379 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_solib
;
16380 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_solib
;
16382 ops
= &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
16383 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
16384 ops
->re_set
= dprintf_re_set
;
16385 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
16386 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
16387 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
16388 ops
->print_recreate
= dprintf_print_recreate
;
16389 ops
->after_condition_true
= dprintf_after_condition_true
;
16390 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= dprintf_breakpoint_hit
;
16393 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
16395 static struct cmd_list_element
*enablebreaklist
= NULL
;
16398 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
16400 struct cmd_list_element
*c
;
16402 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
16404 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
);
16405 observer_attach_free_objfile (disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile
);
16406 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts
);
16407 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change
);
16409 breakpoint_objfile_key
16410 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL
, free_breakpoint_probes
);
16412 catch_syscall_inferior_data
16413 = register_inferior_data_with_cleanup (NULL
,
16414 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup
);
16416 breakpoint_chain
= 0;
16417 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
16418 before a breakpoint is set. */
16419 breakpoint_count
= 0;
16421 tracepoint_count
= 0;
16423 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint
, ignore_command
, _("\
16424 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
16425 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
16427 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16429 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint
, commands_command
, _("\
16430 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
16431 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
16432 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
16433 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
16434 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
16435 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
16436 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
16438 c
= add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint
, condition_command
, _("\
16439 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
16440 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
16441 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
16442 set_cmd_completer (c
, condition_completer
);
16444 c
= add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint
, tbreak_command
, _("\
16445 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
16446 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16447 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
16448 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
16450 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
16451 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16453 c
= add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint
, hbreak_command
, _("\
16454 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16455 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
16456 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
16458 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
16459 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16461 c
= add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint
, thbreak_command
, _("\
16462 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16463 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16464 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
16466 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
16467 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16469 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
16470 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16471 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16472 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16473 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16474 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
16475 &enablelist
, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16477 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
16478 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16479 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16480 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16481 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16482 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
16484 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16486 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
16487 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16488 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16489 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16490 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
16491 &enablebreaklist
, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist
);
16493 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
16494 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16495 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16498 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
16499 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16500 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16503 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
16504 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16505 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16506 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16509 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
16510 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16511 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16514 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
16515 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16516 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16519 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
16520 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16521 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16522 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16525 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
16526 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16527 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16528 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16529 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
16530 &disablelist
, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16531 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16532 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16534 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
16535 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16536 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16537 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16538 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."));
16540 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, disable_command
, _("\
16541 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16542 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16543 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16544 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
16545 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
16548 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
16549 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16550 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16551 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16553 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
16554 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
16555 &deletelist
, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16556 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16557 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16559 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
16560 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
16561 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16562 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
16564 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, delete_command
, _("\
16565 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16566 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16567 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16568 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
16571 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint
, clear_command
, _("\
16572 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
16573 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16574 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
16575 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
16576 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
16578 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
16579 is executing in.\n\
16581 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
16582 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16584 c
= add_com ("break", class_breakpoint
, break_command
, _("\
16585 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
16586 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
16587 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16589 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run
, 1);
16590 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run
, 1);
16591 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run
, 1);
16592 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run
, 1);
16595 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16599 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint
, stop_command
, _("\
16600 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
16601 &stoplist
, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16602 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint
, stopin_command
,
16603 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist
);
16604 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint
, stopat_command
,
16605 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist
);
16606 add_com ("status", class_info
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
16607 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16608 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16609 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16610 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16611 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16612 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16613 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16614 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16616 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16617 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16618 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16619 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16620 breakpoint set."));
16623 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info
, _("\
16624 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
16625 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16626 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16627 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16628 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16629 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16630 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16631 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16633 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16634 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16635 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16636 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16637 breakpoint set."));
16639 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
16642 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
16643 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16644 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16645 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16646 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16647 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16648 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16649 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16650 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16652 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16653 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16654 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16655 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16656 breakpoint set."));
16658 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance
, maintenance_info_breakpoints
, _("\
16659 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16660 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16661 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16662 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16663 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
16664 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
16665 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
16666 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
16667 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16668 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16669 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16670 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16672 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16673 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16674 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16675 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16677 &maintenanceinfolist
);
16679 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint
, catch_command
, _("\
16680 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
16681 &catch_cmdlist
, "catch ",
16682 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16684 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint
, tcatch_command
, _("\
16685 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
16686 &tcatch_cmdlist
, "tcatch ",
16687 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16689 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
16690 catch_fork_command_1
,
16692 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent
,
16693 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary
);
16694 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
16695 catch_fork_command_1
,
16697 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent
,
16698 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary
);
16699 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
16700 catch_exec_command_1
,
16704 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
16705 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
16706 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16707 catch_load_command_1
,
16711 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
16712 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
16713 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16714 catch_unload_command_1
,
16718 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
16719 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
16720 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
16721 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
16722 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
16723 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
16724 catch_syscall_command_1
,
16725 catch_syscall_completer
,
16729 c
= add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint
, watch_command
, _("\
16730 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16731 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16732 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16733 an expression changes.\n\
16734 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16735 the memory to which it refers."));
16736 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16738 c
= add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint
, rwatch_command
, _("\
16739 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16740 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16741 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16742 an expression is read.\n\
16743 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16744 the memory to which it refers."));
16745 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16747 c
= add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint
, awatch_command
, _("\
16748 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16749 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16750 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16751 an expression is either read or written.\n\
16752 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16753 the memory to which it refers."));
16754 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16756 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info
, _("\
16757 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
16759 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
16760 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
16761 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support
,
16762 &can_use_hw_watchpoints
, _("\
16763 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16764 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16765 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
16766 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
16767 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
16770 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints
,
16771 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16773 can_use_hw_watchpoints
= 1;
16775 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
16777 c
= add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint
, trace_command
, _("\
16778 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16780 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
16781 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16782 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16784 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias
, 0);
16785 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16786 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16787 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16789 c
= add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint
, ftrace_command
, _("\
16790 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16792 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
16793 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16794 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16796 c
= add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint
, strace_command
, _("\
16797 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
16799 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
16800 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
16801 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
16802 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
16803 for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
16804 of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
16805 at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
16806 with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
16807 the selected stack frame.\n\
16808 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
16809 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
16810 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
16811 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
16813 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16815 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16816 conditions are different.\n\
16818 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
16819 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16820 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16822 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info
, _("\
16823 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
16824 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
16825 last tracepoint set."));
16827 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
16829 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, delete_trace_command
, _("\
16830 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
16831 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16832 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
16834 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace
, 1, &deletelist
);
16836 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, disable_trace_command
, _("\
16837 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
16838 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16839 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
16841 deprecate_cmd (c
, "disable");
16843 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, enable_trace_command
, _("\
16844 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
16845 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16846 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
16848 deprecate_cmd (c
, "enable");
16850 add_com ("passcount", class_trace
, trace_pass_command
, _("\
16851 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
16852 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
16853 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
16854 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
16856 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint
, save_command
,
16857 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
16858 &save_cmdlist
, "save ",
16859 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16861 c
= add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, save_breakpoints_command
, _("\
16862 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
16863 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
16864 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
16865 session to restore them."),
16867 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
16869 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, save_tracepoints_command
, _("\
16870 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
16871 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
16873 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
16875 c
= add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace
, 0);
16876 deprecate_cmd (c
, "save tracepoints");
16878 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, set_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
16879 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16880 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16881 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16882 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
, "set breakpoint ",
16883 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist
);
16884 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, show_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
16885 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16886 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16887 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16888 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
, "show breakpoint ",
16889 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist
);
16891 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class
,
16892 &pending_break_support
, _("\
16893 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16894 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16895 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
16896 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
16897 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
16898 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
16900 show_pending_break_support
,
16901 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16902 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16904 pending_break_support
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
16906 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class
,
16907 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints
, _("\
16908 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16909 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16910 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
16911 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
16912 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
16914 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints
,
16915 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16916 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16918 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support
,
16919 &always_inserted_mode
, _("\
16920 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16921 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16922 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
16923 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
16924 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
16925 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
16926 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
16927 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
16928 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
16929 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
16931 &show_always_inserted_mode
,
16932 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16933 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16935 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint
,
16936 condition_evaluation_enums
,
16937 &condition_evaluation_mode_1
, _("\
16938 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16939 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16940 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
16941 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
16942 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
16943 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
16944 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
16945 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
16946 be set to \"gdb\""),
16947 &set_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16948 &show_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16949 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16950 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16952 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint
, break_range_command
, _("\
16953 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16954 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16955 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16956 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16957 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16958 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16959 or the start of the range\n\
16960 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16961 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16962 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16964 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16965 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16966 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16968 c
= add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint
, dprintf_command
, _("\
16969 Set a dynamic printf at specified line or function.\n\
16970 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16971 location may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16972 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
16973 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function."));
16974 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16976 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support
,
16977 dprintf_style_enums
, &dprintf_style
, _("\
16978 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16979 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16980 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16981 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16982 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16983 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16984 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16985 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16986 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16987 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16989 dprintf_function
= xstrdup ("printf");
16990 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support
,
16991 &dprintf_function
, _("\
16992 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16993 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16994 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16995 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16997 dprintf_channel
= xstrdup ("");
16998 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support
,
16999 &dprintf_channel
, _("\
17000 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
17001 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
17002 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
17003 &setlist
, &showlist
);
17005 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class
,
17006 &disconnected_dprintf
, _("\
17007 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
17008 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
17009 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
17010 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
17013 &setlist
, &showlist
);
17015 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars
, agent_printf_command
, _("\
17016 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
17017 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
17019 automatic_hardware_breakpoints
= 1;
17021 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed
);
17022 observer_attach_thread_exit (remove_threaded_breakpoints
);